NZ714530B2 - SERPINA1 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF - Google Patents

Abstract

The invention relates to RNAi agents, methods of using such RNAi agents to inhibit expression of Serpina1, and methods of treating subjects having a Serpina1 associated disease, such as a liver disorder. The RNAi agent of the invention targets the Serpina1 gene, and is a double stranded RNAi made up of an antisense strand and a sense strand, wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of both strands are modified, at least one strand is attached to a ligand, and wherein the antisense strand comprises at least 19 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from the nucleotide sequence of 5’ – UUUUGUUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC – 3’ (SEQ ID No: 419). of an antisense strand and a sense strand, wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of both strands are modified, at least one strand is attached to a ligand, and wherein the antisense strand comprises at least 19 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from the nucleotide sequence of 5’ – UUUUGUUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC – 3’ (SEQ ID No: 419).

Description

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM SERPINAl iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF Related Applications This application claims the benefit of priority to US Provisional Application No. 61/826,125, filed on May 22, 2013, US Provisional ation No. 61/898,695, filed November 1, 2013, US Provisional Application No. 61/979,727, filed on April 15, 2014, US Provisional Application No. 61/989028, filed on May 6, 2014. This application is related to US Provisional Application No. 61/561,710, filed on November 18, 2011, and , filed on November 16, 2012. The entire contents of each of the foregoing ations are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Sequence g The instant application contains a Sequence g which has been submitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on May 20, 2014, is named 121301—00620_SL.txt and is 199,204 bytes in size.

Background of the Invention al encodes alpha— 1—antitrypsin which predominantly complexes with and inhibits the activity of phil elastase produced by hepatocytes, mononuclear monocytes, alveolar macrophages, enterocytes, and myeloid cells. Subjects having variations in one or both copies of the Serpinal gene may suffer from alpha—l—antitrypsin deficiency and are at risk of developing pulmonary emphysema and/or chronic liver disease due to greater than normal elastase activity in the lungs and liver.

In affected subjects, the deficiency in alpha—l—antitrypsin is a deficiency of wild—type, functional l—antitrypsin. In some cases, a subject having a variation in one or both copies of the Serpinal gene is ng a null allele. In other cases, a subject having a variation in one or both copies of the Serpinal gene is ng a ent allele.

For example, a subject having a deficient allele of Serpinal, such as the PIZ allele, may be producing misfolded proteins which cannot be properly transported from the site of synthesis to the site of action within the body. Such ts are typically at risk of developing lung and/or liver disease. ts having a al null allele, such as the PINULL(Granite Falls), are typically only at risk of developing lung disease.

Liver disease resulting from 1 antitrypsin deficiency is the result of variant forms of alpha— 1—antitypsin produced in liver cells which misfold and are, thus, not readily transported out of the cells. This leads to a buildup of misfolded protein in the liver cells and can cause one or more diseases or disorders of the liver including, but not limited to, chronic liver (Ease, liver ation, cirrhosis, liver fibrosis, and/or hepatocellular carcinoma.

There are currently very limited s for the treatment of patients with liver disease arising from alphaantitrypsin deficiency, ing hepatitis vaccination, supportive care, and avoidance of injurious agents (e.g., alcohol and ). Although replacement alphaantitrypsin therapy is available, such treatment has no impact liver disease in these subjects and, although liver transplantation may be effective, it is a difficult, expensive and risky procedure and liver organs are not readily ble.

Accordingly, there is a need in the art for effective treatments for Serpina1-associated diseases, such as a chronic liver e, liver inflammation, cirrhosis, liver fibrosis, and/or hepatocellular carcinoma.

Summary of the Invention As bed in more detail below, disclosed herein are compositions comprising agents, e.g., single-stranded and double-stranded polynucleotides, e.g., RNAi agents, e.g., -stranded iRNA agents, targeting Serpina1. Also disc losed are methods using the compositions of the invention for inhibiting Serpina1 expression and for treating Serpina1 associated es, e.g., chronic liver disease, liver inflammation, cirrhosis, liver is, and/or cellular carcinoma.

Accordingly, in one aspect, the present disclosure provides a double stranded RNAi agent for inhibiting expression of Serpina1 in a cell, wherein said double stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double-stranded region, wherein said antisense strand ses at least 19 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from the nucleotide sequence of 5’ – UCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC – 3’ (SEQ ID NO: 419), wherein the sense strand and the antisense strand are each independently 19-25 nucleotides in length, wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of said sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of said antisense strand are modified nucleotides, and wherein at least one strand is conjugated to a ligand.

In another aspect, the present disclosure relates to an isolated cell that is not a human cell in vivo containing the double stranded RNAi agent of the above .

In a related aspect, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the double stranded RNAi agent of the first mentioned aspect.

In a further aspect, the present disclosure relates to an in vitro method of inhibiting Serpina1 expression in a cell, the method sing: (a) ting the cell with the double stranded RNAi agent of the first mentioned aspect, or the pharmaceutical composition of the above aspect; and (b) maintaining the cell produced in step (a) for a time sufficient to obtain degradation of the mRNA transcript of a Serpina1 gene, y inhibiting expression of the Serpina1 gene in the cell.

In yet another aspect, the present disclosure relates to use of the double stranded RNAi agent of the first mentioned aspect, or the pharmaceutical composition of the third mentioned aspect in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a Serpina1- associated disorder in a subject.

In one aspect, the t invention provides double stranded RNAi agents for inhibiting expression of Serpina1 in a cell. The double stranded RNAi agents comprise a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double-stranded , wherein the sense strand comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from any one of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:1, SEQ ID NO:2, or SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO:10, or SEQ ID NO:11, and the antisense strand comprises at least 15 contiguous tides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from any one of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:15, SEQ ID NO:16, or SEQ ID NO:17, SEQ ID NO:18, SEQ ID NO:19, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:21, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:23, SEQ ID NO:24, or SEQ ID NO:25, wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified tides, and wherein the sense strand is conjugated to a ligand attached at the 3’-terminus.

In one embodiment, one of the 3 tide differences in the tide sequence of the antisense strand is a nucleotide mismatch in the seed region of the antisense strand. In one embodiment, the antisense strand comprises a universal base at the mismatched nucleotide.

In one embodiment, all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and all of the nucleotides of the nse strand are modified nucleotides.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM In one embodiment, the sense strand and the antisense strand comprise a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from any one of the sequences listed in any one of Tables 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, and In one embodiment, at least one of the modified tides is selected from the group consisting of a 3’—terminal deoxy—thymine (dT) nucleotide, a 2'—O—methyl modified nucleotide, a 2'—fluoro modified nucleotide, a 2'—deoxy—modified nucleotide, a locked tide, an abasic nucleotide, a 2’—amino—modified nucleotide, a 2’—alkyl—modified nucleotide, a morpholino nucleotide, a phosphoramidate, a non—natural base comprising nucleotide, a nucleotide comprising a 5'—phosphorothioate group, and a al nucleotide linked to a cholesteryl tive or a dodecanoic acid bisdecylamide group.

In one embodiment, at least one strand ses a 3’ overhang of at least 1 nucleotide.

In another embodiment, at least one strand comprises a 3’ ng of at least 2 nucleotides.

In another aspect, the present ion provides RNAi agents, e.g., double—stranded RNAi agents, capable of inhibiting the expression of Serpinal in a cell, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand substantially complementary to an antisense strand, wherein the antisense strand comprises a region substantially complementary to part of an mRNA encoding Serpinal, wherein each strand is about 14 to about 30 nucleotides in length, n the double stranded RNAi agent is represented by formula (III): sense: 5' np —Na —(X X X) i—Nb —Y Y Y —Nb —(Z Z Z)J~ —Na — nq 3' antisense: 3' np’—Na'—(X'X'X')k—Nb’—Y’Y’Y'—Nb’—(Z'Z’Z')1—Na'— nq' 5' (III) wherein: i, j, k, and l are each ndently 0 or 1; p, p’, q, and q’ are each independently 0—6; each Na and Na' independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence sing 0— nucleotides which are either modified or fied or combinations thereof, each ce comprising at least two differently modified nucleotides; each Nb and Nb’ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0— nucleotides which are either modified or unmodified or combinations thereof; each np, np', nq, and nq', each of which may or may not be present, independently represents an overhang nucleotide; XXX, YYY, ZZZ, X’X'X', Y'Y'Y’, and Z’Z'Z' each independently represent one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides; modifications on N, differ from the modification on Y and modifications on Nb’ differ from the modification on Y'; and therein the sense strand is conjugated to at least one ligand.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM In one ment, Na’ comprises 1—25 nucleotides, and wherein one of the 1—25 nucleotides at one of positions 2—9 from the 5’end is a nucleotide mismatch. In one embodiment, the mismatched base is a universal base.

In one embodiment, i is 0;j is 0; i is l;j is 1; both i andj are 0; or both i andj are 1.

In another embodiment, k is 0; l is 0; k is l; l is 1; both k and l are 0; or both k and l are 1.

In one embodiment, XXX is complementary to X’X’X’, YYY is complementary to Y’Y’Y’, and ZZZ is mentary to Z’Z’Z’.

In one embodiment, YYY motif occurs at or near the cleavage site of the sense strand.

In one ment, Y’Y’Y’ motif occurs at the ll, 12 and 13 positions of the antisense strand from the 5'—end.

In one embodiment, Y’ is ethyl.

In one embodiment, formula (III) is represented by formula (IIIa): sense: 5' np —Na —Y Y Y —Na - nq 3' antisense: 3' np/—Na/— Y’Y’Y’— Na/— nq/ 5' (111a).

In another ment, formula (III) is represented by formula (IIIb): sense: 5' np —Na —Y Y Y —Nb —Z Z Z —Na — nq 3' antisense: 3' np/—Na/— Y’Y’Y’—Nb/—Z’Z’Z’— Na/— nq/ 5' (IIIb) wherein each Nb and Nb’ ndently represents an oligonucleotide ce comprising l—5 modified nucleotides.

In yet another embodiment, formula (III) is represented by formula (IIIc): sense: 5' np —Na —X X X —Nb —Y Y Y —Na — nq 3' antisense: 3' np/—Na/— X’X’X’—Nb/— Y’Y’Y’— Na/— nq/ 5' (IIIc) wherein each Nb and Nb’ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising l—5 modified nucleotides.

In one embodiment, formula (III) is represented by formula (IIId): sense: 5' np —Na —X X X— N, —Y Y Y —Nb —Z Z Z —Na — nq 3' antisense: 3' np/—Na/— X’X’X’— Nb/—Y’Y’Y’—Nb/—Z’Z’Z’— Na/— nq/ 5' (IIId) wherein each Nb and Nb’ ndently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising l—5 modified nucleotides and each Na and Na’ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2—10 modified nucleotides.

In one embodiment, the double—stranded region is 15—30 nucleotide pairs in . In another embodiment, the double—stranded region is 17—23 nucleotide pairs in length. In yet another embodiment, the double—stranded region is 17—25 nucleotide pairs in length. In one embodiment, the double—stranded region is 23—27 tide pairs in length. In another embodiment, the double—stranded region is 19—21 nucleotide pairs in length. In another embodiment, the double—stranded region is 21—23 nucleotide pairs in length. In one [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM embodiment, each strand has 15—30 tides. In another embodiment, each strand has 19— nucleotides.

In one embodiment, the modifications on the tides are selected from the group consisting of LNA, HNA, CeNA, 2’—methoxyethyl, 2’—O—alkyl, 2’—O—allyl, 2’—C— allyl, 2’— fluoro, 2’—deoxy, 2’—hydroxyl, and ations thereof. In another embodiment, the modifications on the nucleotides are 2’—O—methyl or 2’—fluoro cations.

In one embodiment, the ligand is one or more GalNAc derivatives attached through a bivalent or trivalent branched linker. In another ment, the ligand is O H H HO O\/\/\n/N\/\/N o ACHN OH K HO o H H AcHN \/\/\n/ \/\/ \n/V0%“ o 0 0 Ho o AcHN O\/\/\n/N/\/\NH H In one ment, the ligand is attached to the 3’ end of the sense strand.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent is conjugated to the ligand as shown in the following schematic wherein X is O or S. In a specific embodiment, X is O.

In one embodiment, the agent further ses at least one phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage.

In one embodiment, the phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage is at the 3’—terminus of one . In one embodiment, the strand is the antisense strand. In another embodiment, the strand is the sense strand.

In one embodiment, the phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage is at the 5’—terminus of one strand. In one embodiment, the strand is the antisense stranra another embodiment, the strand is the sense strand. ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM In one embodiment, the phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage is at the both the 5’— and 3’—terminus of one strand. In one embodiment, the strand is the antisense strand.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent comprises 6—8 phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages. In one embodiment, the antisense strand comprises two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages at the 5’—terminus and two phosphorothioate internucleotide es at the 3’—terminus, and the sense strand comprises at least two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages at either the 5’—terminus or the 3’—terminus.

In one embodiment, the base pair at the 1 position of the 5’—end of the antisense strand of the duplex is an AU base pair.

In one embodiment, the Y nucleotides contain a 2’—fluoro modification.

In one embodiment, the Y’ nucleotides contain a 2’—O—methyl modification.

In one embodiment, p’>0. In another embodiment, p’=2.

In one embodiment, q’=0, p=0, q=0, and p’ overhang nucleotides are mentary to the target mRNA. In r embodiment, q’=0, p=0, q=0, and p’ overhang nucleotides are non—complementary to the target mRNA.

In one embodiment, the sense strand has a total of 21 nucleotides and the antisense strand has a total of 23 nucleotides.

In one embodiment, at least one np’ is linked to a neighboring nucleotide via a phosphorothioate linkage.

In one embodiment, all np’ are linked to neighboring tides via phosphorothioate linkages.

In one ment, the RNAi agent is selected from the group of RNAi agents listed in any one of Tables 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, and 9.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent is selected from the group consisting of AD— 58681, AD—59054, AD-6l7l9, and AD-6l444.

In another aspect, the present invention provides double stranded RNAi agent for inhibiting expression of Serpinal in a cell. The double stranded RNAi agents comprise a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, n the sense strand comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 tides from any one of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO:2, or SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO: 10, or SEQ ID NO: 1 l, and the antisense strand comprises at least 15 uous nucleotides ing by no more than 3 nucleotides from any one of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:l5, SEQ ID NO:l6, or SEQ ID NO:l7, SEQ ID NO:lS, SEQ ID NO:l9, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:2l, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:23, SEQ ID NO:24, or SEQ ID NO:25 wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand comprise a modifDion selected from the group consisting of a 2’—O—methyl modification and a 2’— [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM fluoro modification, wherein the sense strand comprises two phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages at the 5’—terminus, wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification selected from the group consisting of a 2’—O—methyl modification and a 2’—fluoro modification, wherein the antisense strand comprises two orothioate intemucleotide linkages at the minus and two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages at the 3’—terminus, and wherein the sense strand is conjugated to one or more GalNAc derivatives attached through a branched bivalent or trivalent linker at the 3’—terminus.

In one embodiment, one of the 3 nucleotide ences in the nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is a tide mismatch in the seed region of the antisense strand. In one embodiment, the antisense strand comprises a universal base at the mismatched nucleotide.

In one embodiment, all of the nucleotides of said sense strand and all of the nucleotides of said nse strand comprise a modification.

In another aspect, the t invention provides RNAi agents, e.g., double stranded RNAi agents, capable of inhibiting the expression of Serpinal in a cell, wherein the double ed RNAi agent ses a sense strand substantially complementary to an antisense strand, wherein the antisense strand comprises a region substantially mentary to part of an mRNA encoding Serpinal, wherein each strand is about 14 to about 30 nucleotides in length, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent is represented by a (III): sense: 5' np —Na —(X X X) i—Nb —Y Y Y —Nb —(Z Z Z)J~ —Na — nq 3' antisense: 3' np’—Na'—(X'X'X')k—Nb’—Y’Y’Y'—Nb’—(Z'Z’Z')1—Na'— nq' 5' (III) wherein: i, j, k, and l are each independently 0 or 1; p, p’, q, and q’ are each independently 0—6; each Na and Na' independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0— nucleotides which are either modified or unmodified or ations thereof, each sequence comprising at least two differently modified nucleotides; each Nb and Nb’ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0— nucleotides which are either ed or unmodified or combinations thereof; each np, np', nq, and nq', each of which may or may not be present independently represents an overhang nucleotide; XXX, YYY, ZZZ, X’X'X', Y'Y'Y’, and Z’Z'Z' each independently represent one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides, and wherein the modifications are 2’—O—methyl or 2’—fluoro modifications; cations on N, differ from the modification on Y and modifications on Nb’ differ from the cation on Y'; and wherein the sense strand is conjugated to at least one ligand.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM In yet another aspect, the present invention es RNAi agents, e.g., double stranded RNAi agents, e of inhibiting the expression of al in a cell, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand substantially complementary to an antisense strand, wherein the antisense strand comprises a region substantially complementary to part of an mRNA ng Serpinal, wherein each strand is about 14 to about 30 nucleotides in length, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent is represented by formula (III): sense: 5' np —Na —(X X X) i—Nb —Y Y Y —Nb —(Z Z Z)J~ —Na — nq 3' antisense: 3' np’—Na'—(X'X'X')k—Nb’—Y’Y’Y'—Nb’—(Z'Z’Z')1—Na'— nq' 5' (111) wherein: i, j, k, and l are each independently 0 or 1; each np, nq, and nq', each of which may or may not be present, ndently represents an overhang nucleotide; p, q, and q’ are each independently 0—6; np' >0 and at least one np' is linked to a neighboring nucleotide via a phosphorothioate linkage; each Na and Na' independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0— nucleotides which are either modified or unmodified or combinations thereof, each sequence comprising at least two differently modified nucleotides; each Nb and Nb’ independently represents an oligonucleotide ce comprising 0— nucleotides which are either modified or fied or combinations thereof; XXX, YYY, ZZZ, X'X'X', , and Z’Z'Z' each independently ent one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides, and wherein the modifications are 2’—O—methyl or ro modifications; modifications on N, differ from the modification on Y and modifications on Nb’ differ from the modification on Y'; and n the sense strand is conjugated to at least one ligand.

In a further aspect, the present invention provides RNAi agents, e.g., double stranded RNAi agents, capable of inhibiting the expression of Serpinal in a cell, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand substantially complementary to an antisense strand, wherein the nse strand comprises a region substantially complementary to part of an mRNA encoding Serpinal, wherein each strand is about 14 to about 30 nucleotides in length, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent is represented by formula (III): sense: 5' np —Na —(X X X) i—Nb —Y Y Y —Nb —(Z Z Z)J~ —Na — nq 3' antisense: 3' np’—Na'—(X'X'X')k—Nb’—Y’Y’Y'—Nb’—(Z'Z’Z')1—Na'— nq' 5' (111) wherein: i, j, k, and l are each independently 0 or 1; [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM each np, nq, and nq', each of which may or may not be present, independently represents an overhang nucleotide; p, q, and q’ are each independently 0—6; np' >0 and at least one np' is linked to a neighboring nucleotide via a orothioate linkage; each Na and Na' independently ents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0— nucleotides which are either modified or unmodified or combinations thereof, each sequence comprising at least two differently modified nucleotides; each Nb and Nb’ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0— 10 nucleotides which are either ed or unmodified or combinations thereof; XXX, YYY, ZZZ, , Y'Y'Y’, and Z’Z'Z' each independently represent one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides, and wherein the modifications are 2’—O—methyl or 2’—fluoro modifications; cations on N, differ from the cation on Y and modifications on Nb’ differ from the modification on Y'; and wherein the sense strand is conjugated to at least one ligand, wherein the ligand is one or more GalNAc derivatives attached through a bivalent or trivalent branched linker.

In another aspect, the present invention provides RNAi agents, e.g., double stranded RNAi agents capable of inhibiting the expression of Serpinal in a cell, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand substantially mentary to an antisense strand, wherein the antisense strand comprises a region substantially complementary to part of an mRNA encoding Serpinal, wherein each strand is about 14 to about 30 nucleotides in length, n the double stranded RNAi agent is represented by formula (III): sense: 5' np —Na —(X X X) i—Nb —Y Y Y —Nb —(Z Z Z)J~ —Na — nq 3' antisense: 3' np’—Na'—(X'X'X')k—Nb’—Y’Y’Y'—Nb’—(Z'Z’Z')1—Na'— nq' 5' (111) wherein: i, j, k, and l are each independently 0 or 1; each np, nq, and nq', each of which may or may not be present, ndently ents an overhang nucleotide; p, q, and q’ are each independently 0—6; np' >0 and at least one np' is linked to a neighboring nucleotide via a phosphorothioate linkage; each Na and Na' independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0— nucleotides which are either modified or unmodified or combinations thereof, each sequence comprising at least two differently modified nucleotides; each Nb and Nb’ ndently represents an ucleotide sequence comprising 0— nucleotides which are either modified or unmodified or combinations thereof; [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM XXX, YYY, ZZZ, X’X'X', Y'Y'Y’, and Z’Z'Z' each independently represent one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides, and wherein the modifications are 2’—O—methyl or ro modifications; modifications on N, differ from the modification on Y and modifications on Nb’ differ from the modification on Y'; wherein the sense strand comprises at least one phosphorothioate linkage; and wherein the sense strand is conjugated to at least one ligand, wherein the ligand is one or more GalNAc derivatives ed through a bivalent or trivalent branched linker.

In yet another aspect, the present invention provides RNAi , e.g., double stranded RNAi agents, capable of inhibiting the expression of Serpinal in a cell, wherein the double ed RNAi agent comprises a sense strand substantially complementary to an antisense strand, wherein the antisense strand comprises a region substantially complementary to part of an mRNA encoding Serpinal, wherein each strand is about 14 to about 30 tides in length, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent is represented by formula (III): sense: 5' np —Na —Y Y Y — Na- nq 3' antisense: 3' np’—Na'— Y’Y'Y'— Na'— nq’ 5' (Illa) wherein: each np, nq, and nq', each of which may or may not be present, independently represents an overhang tide; p, q, and q’ are each independently 0—6; np' >0 and at least one np' is linked to a neighboring nucleotide via a phosphorothioate each Na and Na' independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0— 25 nucleotides which are either modified or unmodified or combinations thereof, each sequence comprising at least two differently modified nucleotides; YYY and Y'Y'Y' each ndently represent one motif of three identical cations on three consecutive nucleotides, and wherein the modifications are 2—0— methyl or 2’—fluoro modifications; wherein the sense strand comprises at least one phosphorothioate linkage; and wherein the sense strand is conjugated to at least one ligand, n the ligand is one or more GalNAc derivatives attached through a nt or trivalent branched linker.

In one embodiment, Na’ comprises 1—25 nucleotides, and wherein one of the 1—25 nucleotides at one of positions 2—9 from the 5’end is a nucleotide mismatch. In one embodiment, the mismatched base is a universal base.

The t invention also provides cells, vectors, host cells, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the double stranded RNAi agents of the invention.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM In one embodiment, the present invention provides RNAi agent selected from the group of RNAi agents listed in any one of Tables 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, and 9.

The present invention also provides a composition comprising a modified antisense polynucleotide agent. The agent is capable of inhibiting the expression of Serpinal in a cell, and comprises a sequence complementary to a sense ce ed from the group of the sequences listed in any one of Tables 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, and 9, wherein the polynucleotide is about 14 to about 30 nucleotides in .

In another aspect, the present ion provides a cell ning the double stranded RNAi agent of the invention.

In some embodiments, the RNAi agent is administered using a pharmaceutical composition.

In red embodiments, the RNAi agent is administered in a solution. In some such embodiments, the siRNA is administered in an unbuffered solution. In one embodiment, the siRNA is administered in water. In other embodiments, the siRNA is administered with a buffer solution, such as an acetate buffer, a citrate buffer, a prolamine buffer, a carbonate buffer, or a phosphate buffer or any combination thereof. In some ments, the buffer solution is phosphate buffered saline (PBS).

In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions further comprise a lipid formulation.In one aspect, the present ion provides methods of inhibiting Serpinal expression in a cell. The methods include contacting the cell with an RNAi agent, e.g., a double stranded RNAi agent, composition, vector, or a pharmaceutical ition of the invention; and maintaining the cell produced in step (a) for a time sufficient to obtain ation of the mRNA transcript of a Serpinal gene, thereby inhibiting expression of the Serpinal gene in the cell.

In one embodiment, the cell is within a t.

In one embodiment, the subject is a human.

In one embodiment, the Serpinal expression is inhibited by at least about 30% 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90% or 95%.

In r aspect, the present ion provides methods of treating a subject having a Serpinal associated disease. The methods include administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of an RNAi agent, e.g., a double ed RNAi agent, composition, vector, or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention, thereby treating the subject.

In another aspect, the present invention provides methods of ng a subject having a Serpinal—associated disorder. The methods include subcutaneously administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a double stranded RNAi agent, n the double stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a douleanded region, wherein the sense strand comprises at least 15 contiguous [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from any one of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:1, SEQ ID NO:2, or SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO:lO, or SEQ ID NO:ll, and the antisense strand comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from any one of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 15, SEQ ID NO: 16, or SEQ ID NO:l7, SEQ ID NO:lS, SEQ ID NO:l9, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:21, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:23, SEQ ID NO:24, or SEQ ID NO:25, wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification selected from the group consisting of a 2’—O—methyl modification and a 2’—fluoro modification, wherein the antisense strand comprises two phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages at the 5’—terminus and two phosphorothioate ucleotide linkages at the 3’—terminus,wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand comprise a modification selected from the group consisting of a 2’—O—methyl modification and a 2’—fluoro cation, wherein the sense strand comprises two orothioate cleotide linkages at the 5’—terminus and, wherein the sense strand is ated to one or more GalNAc derivatives attached h a branched bivalent or trivalent linker at the 3’—terminus, thereby treating the subject.

In one embodiment, one of the 3 nucleotide differences in the nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is a nucleotide mismatch in the seed region of the antisense strand. In one embodiment, the antisense strand comprises a universal base at the mismatched nucleotide.

In one embodiment, all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification.

In one embodiment, the al associated e is a liver disorder, e.g., chronic liver disease, liver inflammation, cirrhosis, liver fibrosis, and/or hepatocellular carcinoma In one embodiment, the administration of the RNAi agent to the subject results in a decrease in liver cirrhosis, fibrosis and/or Serpinal protein accumulation in the liver. In r embodiment, the administration of the RNAi agent to the t results, e.g., r results, in a decrease in lung inflammation.

In one embodiment, the subject is a human.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent, e.g., double stranded RNAi agent, is administered at a dose of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, about 10 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, about 10 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg, about 15 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg, about 15 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, about 15 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, or about 20 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent, e.g., double ed RNAi agent, is administered subcutaneously or intravenously.

In yet another aspect, the present invention es methods of inhibiting develtDent of hepatocellular carcinoma in a subject having a Serpinal deficiency variant.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM The methods include administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of an RNAi agent, 6.57., a double stranded RNAi agent, composition, vector, or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention, thereby inihibiting the development of cellular carcinoma in the subject.

In another aspect, the present invention provides methods of inhibiting development of hepatocellular carcinoma in a subject having a al deficiency variant. The methods include subcutaneously administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a double stranded RNAi agent, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the sense strand comprises at least 15 contiguous tides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from any one of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:1, SEQ ID NO:2, or SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO: 10, or SEQ ID NO: 1 l, and the antisense strand comprises at least 15 contiguous tides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from any one of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:l5, SEQ ID NO:l6, or SEQ ID NO:l7, SEQ ID NO:lS, SEQ ID NO:l9, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:21, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:23, SEQ ID NO:24, or SEQ ID NO:25, wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification selected from the group ting of a 2’—O—methyl modification and a 2’— fluoro modification, wherein the antisense strand comprises two phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages at the 5’—terminus and two orothioate internucleotide linkages at the minus, wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand comprise a modification selected from the group consisting of a 2’—O—methyl modification and a 2’— fluoromodification, wherein the sense strand ses two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages at the minus and, n the sense strand is conjugated to one or more GalNAc derivatives attached through a branched bivalent or trivalent linker at the 3’— terrninus, thereby inhibiting development of hepatocellular carcinoma in the subject having a al deficiency variant.

In one embodiment, one of the 3 nucleotide ences in the nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is a tide mismatch in the seed region of the antisense . In one embodiment, the antisense strand comprises a universal base at the mismatched nucleotide.

In one embodiment, all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification.

In one ment, the subject is a primate or rodent. In r embodiment, the subject is a human.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent, e.g., double stranded RNAi agent, is administered at a dose of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg or about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM mg/kg. In another embodiment, the double stranded RNAi agent is administered at a dose of about 10 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent, e.g., double stranded RNAi agent, is administered at a dose of about 3 mg/kg. In r embodiment, the double ed RNAi agent is administered at a dose of about 10 mg/kg. In yet another other embodiment, the double stranded RNAi agent is administered at a dose of about 0.5 mg/kg twice per week. In yet another embodiment, the double stranded RNAi agent is administered at a dose of about mg/kg every other week. In yet another embodiment, the double stranded RNAi agent is administered at a dose of about 0.5 to about 1 mg/kg once per week.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent, e.g., double stranded RNAi agent, is administered twice per week. In another embodiment, the RNAi agent is administered every other week.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent, e.g., double stranded RNAi agent, is administered subcutaneously or intravenously.

In another aspect, the present invention provides methods for reducing the accumulation of misfolded Serpinal in the liver of a subject having a Serpinal deficiency variant. The methods include administering to the t a therapeutically effective amount of an RNAi agent, 6.57., a double stranded RNAi agent, composition, vector, or a pharmaceutical ition of the invention, thereby reducing the accumulation of ded Serpinal in the liver of the subject.

In another aspect, the present ion provides methods of reducing the accumulation of misfolded Serpinal in the liver of a t having a Serpinal deficiency variant. The methods include subcutaneously administering to the t a therapeutically effective amount of a double stranded RNAi agent, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded , wherein the sense strand comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 tides from any one of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO:2, or SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO: 10, or SEQ ID NO: 1 l, and the antisense strand comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from any one of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:l5, SEQ ID NO:l6, or SEQ ID NO:l7, SEQ ID NO:lS, SEQ ID NO:l9, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:21, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:23, SEQ ID NO:24, or SEQ ID NO:25, wherein substantially all of the tides of the antisense strand comprise a modification selected from the group consisting of a 2’—O—methyl modification and a 2’—fluoromodification, wherein the antisense strand comprises two phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages at the 5’—terminus and two orothioate internucleotide linkages at the 3’—terminus, n substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand comprise a modifDion selected from the group consisting of a ethyl modification and a 2’— [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM fluoro modification, wherein the sense strand comprises two phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages at the 5’—terminus and, wherein the sense strand is conjugated to one or more GalNAc derivatives attached h a branched bivalent or trivalent linker at the 3’— terrninus, y reducing the accumulation of misfolded Serpinal in the liver of the subject having a Serpinal deficiency t.

In one embodiment, one of the 3 nucleotide differences in the nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is a nucleotide mismatch in the seed region of the antisense strand. In one ment, the antisense strand comprises a universal base at the ched nucleotide.

In one embodiment, all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification.

In one embodiment, the subject is a primate or rodent. In another embodiment, the subject is a human.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent, e.g., double stranded RNAi agent, is administered at a dose of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg or about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg. In another embodiment, the double stranded RNAi agent is administered at a dose of about 10 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent, e.g., double ed RNAi agent, is administered subcutaneously or intravenously.

The present invention is further rated by the following detailed description and drawings.

Brief Description of the Drawings Figure 1 is a graph depicting the in viva cy and duration of se for the indicated siRNAs in transgenic mice expressing the Z—AAT form of human AAT.

Figures 2A—2B depict in viva efficacy of five siRNAs with low IC50 values.

Transgenic mice sing the human Z—AAT allele were injected with 10 mg/kg siRNA duplex on day 0 and serum human AAT was followed for 21 days post dose (Figure 2A).

Each point represents an average of three mice and the error bars reflect the standard deviation. Figure 2B depicts hAAT mRNA levels in liver normalized to GAPDH for each group. The bars reflect the average and the error bars reflect the standard deviation.

Figures 3A—3C depict durable AAT suppression in a dose responsive manner. Figure 3A specifically s the efficacy curve showing maximum knock—down of serum hAAT protein levels achieved at different doses of AD—59054 subcutaneously administered to transgenic mice. Each point is an e of three animals and the error bars represent the standard deviation. The duration of knock—down after a single dose of AAT siRNA at 0.3, 1, 3 or lag/kg is shown in Figure 3B. The hAAT levels were normalized to the average of [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM three prebleeds for each animal. The PBS group serves as the control to reflect the variability in the serum hAAT levels. Each data point is an average of three animals and the error bars reflect the standard deviation. In Figure 3C, animals were administered AD—59054 at a dose of 0.5 mg/kg twice a week. Each data point is an average relative serum hAAT from four animals and the error bars reflect the standard deviation.

Figures 4A—4D depict decreased tumor nce with reduction in Z—AAT. Figure 4A depicts the study design whereby aged mice with fibrotic livers were dosed subcutaneously once every other week (Q2W) with PBS or 10 mg/kg siRNA duplex AD58681 for 11 doses and iced 7 days after the last dose. Figure 4B shows liver levels of hAAT mRNA in l and treated groups. Figure 4C shows liver levels of Colla2 mRNA in control and treated groups. Figure 4D depicts liver levels of PtPrc mRNA in control and treated groups. s 5A—5C depict decreased tumor incidence with reduction in Z—AAT. Serum samples were collected from mice treated according to the study design of Figure 4A to monitor the extent of hAAT suppression. Figure 5A depicts serum hAAT protein levels after the first dose. Figure 5B and Figure 5C depict PAS staining of liver sections from two mates treated with either PBS or AAT siRNA. The darker colored dots represent the globules or Z—AAT aggregates.

Figure 6 depicts the in vivo efficacy of the indicated compounds.

Figures 7A and 7B are graphs depicting the duration of knock—down of AAT in non— human primates after a single dose of AD—59054, AD—61719, or 44 at a dose of 1 mg/kg (7A) or 3 mg/kg (7B). Each data point is an average of three animals and the error bars reflect the standard deviation.

Figure 8A shows the nucleotide sequence of Homo sapiens Serpinal, transcript variant 1 (SEQ ID NO:l); Figure 8B shows the nucleotide sequence of Homo sapiens al, transcript variant 3 (SEQ ID NO:2); Figure 8C shows the nucleotide sequence of Homo sapiens Serpinal, transcript variant 2 (SEQ ID NO:3); Figure 8D shows the nucleotide sequence of Homo sapiens Serpinal, transcript t 4 (SEQ ID NO:4); Figure 8E shows the nucleotide ce of Homo sapiens Serpinal, transcript t 5 (SEQ ID NO:5); Figure 8F shows the nucleotide sequence of Homo sapiens Serpinal, transcript variant 6 (SEQ ID NO:6); Figure 8G shows the nucleotide sequence of Homo sapiens Serpinal, transcript t 7 (SEQ ID NO:7); Figure 8H shows the tide sequence of Homo s Serpinal, transcript variant 8 (SEQ ID NO:8); Figure 81 shows the nucleotide sequence of Homo sapiens Serpinal, transcript variant 9 (SEQ ID NO:9); Figure 8] shows the nucleotide sequence of Homo sapiens Serpinal, transcript variant 10 (SEQ ID NO: 10); Figure 8K shows the nucleotide sequence of Homo sapiens Serpinal, transcript variant 11 (SEQ ID ; Figure 8L shows the nucleotide sequence of Macaca mulatta Serpinal (SEQ ID NO: 12); Figure 8M shows the nucleotide sequence of Macaca a Serpinal, transcD variant 6 (SEQ ID NO: 13); Figure 8N shows the nucleotide sequence of Macaca [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM mulatta Serpinal, transcript variant 4 (SEQ ID NO: 14); Figure 80 shows the reverse complement of SEQ ID NO:1 (SEQ ID NO: 15); Figure 8P shows the reverse ment of SEQ ID NO:2 (SEQ ID NO: 16); Figure 8Q shows the reverse complement of SEQ ID NO:3 (SEQ ID NO: 17); Figure 8R shows the reverse complement of SEQ ID NO:4 (SEQ ID ; Figure 8S shows the reverse complement of SEQ ID NO:5 (SEQ ID NO:l9); Figure 8T shows the reverse complement of SEQ ID NO:6 (SEQ ID NO:20); Figure 8U shows the reverse ment of SEQ ID NO:7 (SEQ ID NO:21); Figure 8V shows the reverse complement of SEQ ID NO:8 (SEQ ID NO:22); Figure 8W shows the e complement of SEQ ID NO:9 (SEQ ID ; Figure 8X shows the reverse complement of SEQ ID NO: 10 (SEQ ID NO:24); Figure 8Y shows the reverse complement of SEQ ID NO:ll (SEQ ID NO:25); Figure 82 shows the reverse complement of SEQ ID NO: 12 (SEQ ID NO:26); Figure 8AA shows the reverse complement of SEQ ID NO: 13 (SEQ ID NO:27); and Figure 8AB shows the reverse complement of SEQ ID NO: 14 (SEQ ID NO:28).

Detailed Description of the Invention The present invention provides compositions comprising agents, e.g., single—stranded and —stranded oligonucleotides, e.g., RNAi agents, e.g., double—stranded iRNA agents, targeting Serpinal. Also disclosed are methods using the compositions of the invention for inhibiting al expression and for treating Serpinal associated es, such as liver ers, e.g., chronic liver disease, liver inflammation, cirrhosis, liver fibrosis, and/or hepatocellular carcinoma. 1. Definitions In order that the present ion may be more readily understood, certain terms are first defined. In addition, it should be noted that whenever a value or range of values of a parameter are recited, it is intended that values and ranges intermediate to the recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.

The es “a” and “an” are used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e., to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article. By way of example, “an element” means one element or more than one element, 6.57., a plurality of ts.

The term "including" is used herein to mean, and is used interchangeably with, the phrase "including but not limited to".

The term "or" is used herein to mean, and is used interchangeably with, the term "and/or," unless context clearly indicates otherwise.

As used herein, "Serpinal" refers to the serpin peptidase inhibitor, clade A, member 1 gene or protein. Serpinal is also known as alpha—1—antitrypsin, OL—l—antitrypsin, AAT, protease inhibitor 1, PI, PIl, anti—elastase, and antitrypsin.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM The term al includes human Serpinal, the amino acid and nucleotide sequence of which may be found in, for e, GenBank Accession Nos. GI: 189163524 (SEQ ID NO:1), GI:189163525 (SEQ ID NO:2), GI:189163526 (SEQ ID NO:3), GI:189163527 (SEQ ID NO:4), GI:189163529 (SEQ ID NO:5), GI:189163531 (SEQ ID NO:6), GI:189163533 (SEQ ID NO:7), GI:189163535 (SEQ ID NO:8), GI:189163537 (SEQ ID NO:9), GI:189163539 (SEQ ID NO:10), and/or GI:189163541 (SEQ ID NO:11); rhesus Serpinal, the amino acid and nucleotide sequence of which may be found in, for e, GenBank Accession Nos. GI:402766667 (SEQ ID NO:12), GI:297298519 (SEQ ID NO:13), and/or GI: 297298520 (SEQ ID NO: 14); mouse Serpinal, the amino acid and nucleotide sequence of which may be found in, for example, GenBank Accession No. 588423 and/or GI:357588426; and rat, the amino acid and tide sequence of which may be found in, for example, GenBank Accession No. GI:77020249. Additional es of Serpinal mRNA sequences are readily available using, 6.57., GenBank and OMllVI.

Over 120 alleles of Serpinal have been identified and the "M" alleles are considered the wild—type or "normal" allele (e.g., “PIMl—ALA213” (also known as PI, MlA), “PIMl— VAL213” (also known as PI, MIV), “PIM2”, “PIM3”, and PIM4”). Additional variants may be found in, for example, the A(1)ATVar database (see, e.g., Zaimidou, S., et al. (2009) Hum Murat. 230(3):308— 13 and ldenhelix.org/A1ATVar).

As used herein, the term “Serpinal deficiency allele” refers to a variant allele that produces proteins which do not fold properly and may aggregate intracellularly and are, thus, not ly transported from the site of synthesis in the liver to the site of action within the body.

Exemplary Serpinal deficiency alleles include, the “Z allele”, the “S allele”, the “PIM(Malton) allele”, and the “PIM(Procida) allele”.

As used herein, the terms “Z allele”, “P12” and "Z—AAT" refer to a variant allele of al in which the amino acid at position 342 of the protein is changed from a glutamine to a lysine as a result of the relevant codon being changed from GAG to AAG. A subject gous for a Z allele can be referred to as " Z—AAT mutations account for 95% of Serpinal deficiency patients and are estimated to be present in 0 Americans and about 3 million individuals worldwide. The Z allele reaches rphic frequencies in Caucasians and is rare or absent in Asians and blacks. The homozygous ZZ phenotype is associated with a high risk of both ema and liver disease. Z—AAT protein does not fold correctly in the endoplasmic reticulum, leading to loop—sheet polymers which aggregate and reduce secretion, elicitation of the unfolded protein response, apoptosis, endoplasmic reticulum overload response, autophagy, mitochondrial stress, and altered hepatocyte function.

As used herein, the terms “Pll\/I(Malton)” and "M(Malton)—AAT" refer to a variant allele nerpinal in which one of the adjacent phenylalanine residues at position 51 or 52 of [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM the mature protein is deleted. on of this one amino acid shortens one strand of the beta— sheet, B6, preventing normal processing and secretion in the liver which is associated with hepatocyte inclusions and impaired secretion of the protein from the liver.

As used herein, the term “PIS” refers to a t allele of Serpinal in which a glutamic acid at position 264 is substituted with valine. Although the majority of this variant protein is degraded intracellularly, there is a high frequency of the PIS allele in the Caucasian population and, thus, compound heterozygotes with a Z or null allele are nt.

As used herein, “target sequence” refers to a contiguous portion of the nucleotide sequence of an mRNA molecule formed during the transcription of a Serpinal gene, including mRNA that is a product of RNA processing of a primary transcription t.

As used herein, the term “strand comprising a sequence” refers to an oligonucleotide comprising a chain of nucleotides that is described by the sequence referred to using the standard nucleotide nomenclature.

"G," "C," "A" and "U" each generally stand for a nucleotide that contains guanine, cytosine, adenine, and uracil as a base, respectively. “T” and “dT” are used interchangeably herein and refer to a deoxyribonucleotide wherein the nucleobase is thymine, e.g., deoxyribothymine, 2’—deoxythymidine or thymidine. However, it will be understood that the term “ribonucleotide” or “nucleotide” or “deoxyribonucleotide” can also refer to a modified nucleotide, as further detailed below, or a surrogate replacement moiety. The skilled person is well aware that guanine, cytosine, e, and uracil may be replaced by other es without substantially altering the base g properties of an oligonucleotide comprising a nucleotide bearing such replacement moiety. For example, without limitation, a nucleotide comprising inosine as its base may base pair with nucleotides containing adenine, cytosine, or uracil. Hence, nucleotides ning , guanine, or adenine may be ed in the nucleotide sequences of the invention by a nucleotide containing, for example, inosine.

Sequences comprising such replacement moieties are ments of the invention. The terms “iRNA”, “RNAi agent,” “iRNA agent,”, “RNA interference agent” as used interchangeably herein, refer to an agent that contains RNA as that term is defined herein, and which mediates the targeted cleavage of an RNA transcript via an RNA—induced silencing complex (RISC) y. iRNA directs the sequence—specific ation of mRNA through a s known as RNA interference (RNAi). The iRNA modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression of Serpinal in a cell, e. g., a cell within a subject, such as a mammalian subject.

In one embodiment, an RNAi agent of the invention includes a single stranded RNA that interacts with a target RNA sequence, e. g., a Serpinal target mRNA sequence, to direct the cleavage of the target RNA. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is ed that long double stranded RNA introduced into cells is broken down into siRNA by a Type III endorGase known as Dicer (Sharp et al. (2001) Genes Dev. 15:485). Dicer, a ribonuclease— [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ke , processes the dsRNA into 19—23 base pair short interfering RNAs with characteristic two base 3' ngs (Bernstein, et al., (2001) Nature 409:363). The siRNAs are then incorporated into an RNA—induced silencing x (RISC) where one or more ses unwind the siRNA duplex, enabling the complementary antisense strand to guide target recognition (Nykanen, et al., (2001) Cell 107:309). Upon binding to the appropriate target mRNA, one or more endonucleases within the RISC cleave the target to induce silencing (Elbashir, et al., (2001) Genes Dev. 15: 188). Thus, in one aspect the invention relates to a single stranded RNA ) ted within a cell and which promotes the formation of a RISC complex to effect silencing of the target gene, i.e., a Serpinal gene.

Accordingly, the term “siRNA” is also used herein to refer to an RNAi as described above.

In another embodiment, the RNAi agent may be a single—stranded siRNA that is introduced into a cell or organism to inhibit a target mRNA. Single— stranded RNAi agents bind to the RISC endonuclease Argonaute 2, which then cleaves the target mRNA. The single—stranded siRNAs are generally 15—30 nucleotides and are chemically modified. The design and testing of single—stranded siRNAs are bed in US. Patent No. 8,101,348 and in Lima et al., (2012) Cell 150: 883—894, the entire ts of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Any of the antisense nucleotide sequences described herein may be used as a single—stranded siRNA as described herein or as ally modified by the s described in Lima et al., (2012) Cell 150;:883—894.

In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides single—stranded antisense oligonucleotide molecules targeting Serpinal. A “single—stranded antisense oligonucleotide molecule” is complementary to a sequence within the target mRNA (i.e., Serpinal). Single— stranded antisense ucleotide molecules can inhibit translation in a stoichiometric manner by base pairing to the mRNA and physically obstructing the translation machinery, see Dias, N. et al., (2002) Mol Cancer Ther 1:347—355. Alternatively, the single—stranded antisense oligonucleotide molecules inhibit a target mRNA by hydridizing to the target and cleaving the target through an RNaseH cleavage event. The single—stranded antisense oligonucleotide molecule may be about 10 to about 30 nucleotides in length and have a sequence that is complementary to a target sequence. For example, the —stranded nse oligonucleotide le may comprise a sequence that is at least about 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more contiguous nucleotides from any one of the antisense nucleotide sequences described herein, e. g., the sequences provided in any one of Tables, 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, or 9 or bind any of the target sites described herein. The single—stranded antisense oligonucleotide molecules may comprise modified RNA, DNA, or a combination thereof.

In another embodiment, an “iRNA” for use in the compositions, uses, and methods of the invention is a double— stranded RNA and is referred to herein as a e stranded RNAi agent,” “double—stranded RNA (dsRNA) molecule,” “dsRNA agent,” or “dsRNA”. The term “dsRlD, refers to a complex of cleic acid molecules, having a duplex structure [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM comprising two anti—parallel and ntially complementary nucleic acid strands, referred to as having “sense” and “antisense” orientations with respect to a target RNA, i.e., a Serpinal gene. In some embodiments of the invention, a double—stranded RNA (dsRNA) rs the degradation of a target RNA, e.g., an mRNA, through a post—transcriptional gene— silencing mechanism referred to herein as RNA interference or RNAi.

In general, the majority of nucleotides of each strand of a dsRNA molecule are cleotides, but as described in detail herein, each or both strands can also include one or more non—ribonucleotides, 6.57., a ibonucleotide and/or a modified nucleotide. In addition, as used in this ication, an “RNAi agent” may include ribonucleotides with chemical modifications; an RNAi agent may include substantial modifications at multiple tides. Such modifications may include all types of modifications disclosed herein or known in the art. Any such modifications, as used in a siRNA type molecule, are encompassed by “RNAi agent” for the purposes of this specification and claims.

The two strands forming the duplex structure may be different portions of one larger RNA molecule, or they may be separate RNA molecules. Where the two s are part of one larger molecule, and therefore are connected by an uninterrupted chain of nucleotides between the 3’—end of one strand and the 5’—end of the respective other strand forming the duplex structure, the connecting RNA chain is referred to as a “hairpin loop.” Where the two strands are connected covalently by means other than an uninterrupted chain of tides between the 3’—end of one strand and the 5’—end of the respective other strand forming the duplex structure, the connecting structure is referred to as a “linker.” The RNA strands may have the same or a different number of nucleotides. The m number of base pairs is the number of nucleotides in the shortest strand of the dsRNA minus any overhangs that are t in the duplex. In addition to the duplex structure, an RNAi agent may comprise one or more nucleotide ngs.

In one embodiment, an RNAi agent of the invention is a dsRNA of 24—30 nucleotides that cts with a target RNA ce, 6.57., a Serpinal target mRNA ce, to direct the cleavage of the target RNA. Without wishing to be bound by theory, long double stranded RNA introduced into cells is broken down into siRNA by a Type III endonuclease known as Dicer (Sharp et al. (2001) Genes Dev. 15:485). Dicer, a ribonuclease—III—like enzyme, processes the dsRNA into 19—23 base pair short interfering RNAs with characteristic two base 3' overhangs (Bernstein, et al., (2001) Nature 409:363). The siRNAs are then incorporated into an RNA—induced silencing complex (RISC) where one or more helicases unwind the siRNA , enabling the mentary antisense strand to guide target recognition (Nykanen, et al., (2001) Cell 107:309). Upon binding to the appropriate target mRNA, one or more endonucleases within the RISC cleave the target to induce silencing (Elbashir, et al., (2001) Genes Dev. 15: 188). As used herein, a “nucleotide overhang” refers to theDaired nucleotide or nucleotides that protrude from the duplex structure of an RNAi [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM agent when a 3'—end of one strand of the RNAi agent extends beyond the 5'—end of the other , or vice versa. “Blunt” or “blunt end” means that there are no unpaired nucleotides at that end of the double stranded RNAi agent, i.e., no nucleotide overhang. A “blunt ended” RNAi agent is a dsRNA that is double—stranded over its entire length, i.e., no nucleotide overhang at either end of the molecule. The RNAi agents of the invention include RNAi agents with tide ngs at one end (i.e., agents with one overhang and one blunt end) or with nucleotide overhangs at both ends.

The term “antisense strand” refers to the strand of a double stranded RNAi agent which includes a region that is substantially complementary to a target sequence (e.g., a human Serpinal mRNA). As used , the term “region complementary to part of an mRNA encoding al” refers to a region on the antisense strand that is substantially complementary to part of a Serpinal mRNA sequence. Where the region of complementarity is not fully complementary to the target sequence, the mismatches are most tolerated in the terminal regions and, if present, are lly in a terminal region or s, e.g., within 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, or 2 tides of the 5’ and/or 3’ terminus.

As demonstrated in the working es below, it has been surpringly discovered that a single nucleotide ch in the seed region of the antisense strand of the RNAi agents disclosed herein was tolerated for all bases except C. The “seed region” is the region in the antisense strand of an RNAi agent responsible for recognition of the target mRNA and corresponds to, for example, nucleotides 2—8 from the 5’end of the antisense strand. After the seed region anneals, Argonaute then subjects complementary mRNA sequences 10 nucleotides from the 5' end of the incorporated antisense strand to nucleolytic degradation, resulting in the cleavage of the target mRNA. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the antisense strand of an RNAi agent of the invention comprises a one nucleotide mismatch in the seed region of the antisense strand, e.g., a mismatch at any one of positions 2—8 from the '—end of the antisense strand.

The term “sense strand,” as used herein, refers to the strand of a dsRNA that es a region that is substantially complementary to a region of the antisense strand.

As used herein, the term “cleavage region” refers to a region that is located immediately adjacent to the cleavage site. The cleavage site is the site on the target at which cleavage occurs. In some embodiments, the cleavage region comprises three bases on either end of, and immediately nt to, the cleavage site. In some embodiments, the cleavage region comprises two bases on either end of, and immediately adjacent to, the cleavage site.

In some embodiments, the cleavage site specifically occurs at the site bound by tides 10 and ll of the antisense strand, and the cleavage region comprises nucleotides ll, 12 and As used herein, and unless otherwise indicated, the term “complementary,” when used to desDe a first nucleotide sequence in relation to a second nucleotide sequence, refers to [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM ed set by KJM the ability of an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising the first nucleotide sequence to hybridize and form a duplex structure under certain conditions with an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising the second nucleotide sequence, as will be understood by the skilled person. Such conditions can, for example, be stringent conditions, where stringent conditions may include: 400 mM NaCl, 40 mM PIPES pH 6.4, 1 mM EDTA, 500C or 700C for 12—16 hours followed by washing. Other conditions, such as physiologically nt ions as may be encountered inside an organism, can apply. For example, a complementary sequence is sufficient to allow the relevant function of the nucleic acid to proceed, e.g., RNAi. The skilled person will be able to determine the set of conditions most appropriate for a test of complementarity of two sequences in accordance with the ultimate application of the hybridized nucleotides.

Sequences can be “fully complementary” with respect to each when there is base— g of the tides of the first nucleotide sequence with the nucleotides of the second nucleotide sequence over the entire length of the first and second nucleotide sequences.

However, where a first sequence is referred to as “substantially complementary” with respect to a second ce herein, the two sequences can be fully complementary, or they may form one or more, but generally not more than 4, 3 or 2 mismatched base pairs upon hybridization, while retaining the ability to hybridize under the conditions most relevant to their ultimate application. However, where two oligonucleotides are designed to form, upon hybridization, one or more single stranded overhangs, such ngs shall not be ed as mismatches with regard to the determination of complementarity. For example, a dsRNA comprising one oligonucleotide 21 nucleotides in length and another ucleotide 23 nucleotides in length, wherein the longer oligonucleotide comprises a sequence of 21 nucleotides that is fully complementary to the shorter oligonucleotide, may yet be referred to as “fully complementary” for the purposes described herein.

“Complementary” ces, as used , may also include, or be formed entirely from, non—Watson—Crick base pairs and/or base pairs formed from non—natural and modified nucleotides, in as far as the above requirements with respect to their ability to hybridize are fulfilled. Such tson—Crick base pairs includes, but not limited to, G:U Wobble or Hoogstein base pairing.

The terms “complementary,” “fully complementary” and “substantially complementary” herein may be used with respect to the base matching between the sense strand and the antisense strand of a dsRNA, or between the antisense strand of a dsRNA and a target sequence, as will be understood from the context of their use.

As used herein, a polynucleotide that is “substantially complementary to at least part of ’ a messenger RNA (mRNA) refers to a polynucleotide that is substantially mentary to a uous n of the mRNA of interest (e.g., an mRNA encoding Serpinal) inclurn a 5’ UTR, an open reading frame (ORF), or a 3’ UTR. For example, a [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM polynucleotide is complementary to at least a part of a Serpinal mRNA if the ce is substantially complementary to a non—interrupted portion of an mRNA encoding Serpinal.

The term “inhibiting,” as used herein, is used interchangeably with “reducing,” “silencing,” “downregulating,77 4‘suppressing” and other similar terms, and includes any level of inhibition.

The phrase “inhibiting expression of a Serpinal,” as used herein, includes inhibition of sion of any Serpinal gene (such as, e.g., a mouse Serpinal gene, a rat Serpinal gene, a monkey Serpinal gene, or a human Serpinal gene) as well as variants, (e.g., lly occurring variants), or mutants of a al gene. Thus, the Serpinal gene may be a Wild— type Serpinal gene, a variant Serpinal gene, a mutant Serpinal gene, or a transgenic Serpinal gene in the context of a genetically manipulated cell, group of cells, or organism.

“Inhibiting expression of a Serpinal gene” includes any level of inhibition of a Serpinal gene, 6.57., at least partial suppression of the expression of a Serpinal gene, such as an inhibition of at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%,at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%, at least about 93%, at least about 94%. at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%.

The expression of a Serpinal gene may be assessed based on the level of any variable ated with Serpinal gene expression, e.g., Serpinal mRNA level, Serpinal n level, or serum AAT levels. Inhibition may be assessed by a decrease in an absolute or relative level of one or more of these variables compared with a control level. The control level may be any type of control level that is ed in the art, e.g., a se baseline level, or a level determined from a similar subject, cell, or sample that is untreated or treated with a control (such as, 6.57., buffer only control or inactive agent control).

The phrase “contacting a cell with a double stranded RNAi agent,” as used , includes contacting a cell by any possible means. Contacting a cell with a double stranded RNAi agent includes contacting a cell in vitro with the RNAi agent or contacting a cell in vivo with the RNAi agent. The contacting may be done directly or ctly. Thus, for e, the RNAi agent may be put into physical contact with the cell by the individual performing the method, or alternatively, the RNAi agent may be put into a situation that Will permit or cause it to subsequently come into contact with the cell.

Contacting a cell in vitro may be done, for example, by incubating the cell with the RNAi agent. Contacting a cell in viva may be done, for example, by injecting the RNAi agent into or near the tissue Where the cell is located, or by injecting the RNAi agent into another area, the bloodstream or the subcutaneous space, such that the agent Will subsenitly reach the tissue Where the cell to be contacted is d. For example, the ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM RNAi agent may n and/or be coupled to a ligand, e.g., a GalNAc3 ligand, that directs the RNAi agent to a site of interest, e.g., the liver. Combinations of in vitro and in viva methods of contacting are also possible. In connection with the methods of the invention, a cell might also be contacted in vitro with an RNAi agent and subsequently transplanted into a subject.

A "patient" or "subject," as used herein, is intended to include either a human or non— human animal, preferably a mammal, 6.57., a . Most preferably, the subject or patient is a human.

A nal associated disease,” as used herein, is intended to include any disease, disorder, or condition associated with the Serpinal gene or protein. Such a e may be caused, for example, by misfolding of a Serpinal protein, intracellular accumulation of Serpinal protein (e.g., misfolded Serpinal protein), excess production of the al protein, by Serpinal gene variants, al gene mutations, by abnormal cleavage of the Serpinal protein, by abnormal interactions between Serpinal and other proteins or other endogenous or exogenous substances. A Serpinal associated disease may be a liver disease and/or a lung disease.

A “liver disease”, as used , includes a disease, er, or condition affecting the liver and/or its function. A liver disorder can be the result of accumulation of al protein in the liver and/or liver cells. Examples of liver disorders include liver disorders resulting from, viral infections, parasitic infections, genetic predisposition, autoimmune diseases, exposure to radiation, re to hepatotoxic compounds, mechanical injuries, various environmental toxins, l, acetaminophen, a combination of alcohol and acetaminophen, inhalation anesthetics, niacin, chemotherapeutics, antibiotics, analgesics, antiemetics and the herbal supplement kava, and combinations thereof.

For example, a liver disorder associated with Serpinal deficiency may occur more often in ts with one or more copies of certain alleles (e.g., the P12, PiM(Malton), and/or PIS alleles). Without g to be bound by theory, it is thought that alleles ated with a greater risk of developing an alpha—l anti—trypsin liver disease encode forms of Serpinal which are subject to misfolding and are not properly secreted from the cytes. The cellular responses to these misfolded proteins can include the unfolded protein response (UPR), endoplasmic reticulum—associated degradation (ERAD), apoptosis, ER overload response, autophagy, mitochondrial stress and altered hepatocyte function. The es to the hepatocytes can lead to symptoms such as, but not d to, inflammation, cholestasis, fibrosis, cirrhosis, ged obstructive jaundice, increased transaminases, portal hypertension and/or hepatocellular carcinoma. Without Wishing to be bound by theory, the highly variable clinical course of this disease is suggestive of modifiers or "second hits" as contributors to developing symptoms or progressing in severity.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM For example, subjects with a PIZ allele can be more sensitive to Hepatitis C infections or alcohol abuse and more likely to develop a liver disorder if exposed to such factors.

Additionally cystic fibrosis (CF) subjects carrying the P12 allele are at greater risk of developing severe liver disease with portal hypertension. A deficiency of Serpinal can also cause or contribute to the development of early onset emphysema, necrotizing panniculitis, bronchiectasis, and/or prolonged neonatal jaundice. Some patients having or at risk of having a deficiency of alpha— l—antitrypsin are identified by screening when they have family members affected by an alpha— l—antitrypsin deficiency.

Exemplary liver disorders include, but are not limited to, liver inflammation, chronic liver disease, cirrhosis, liver fibrosis, hepatocellular carcinoma, liver necrosis, steatosis, cholestatis and/or ion and/or loss of hepatocyte function.

“Cirrhosis” is a pathological condition associated with chronic liver damage that es extensive fibrosis and regenerative nodules in the liver.

"Fibrosis" is the proliferation of fibroblasts and the formation of scar tissue in the liver.

The phrase "liver function" refers to one or more of the many physiological ons performed by the liver. Such functions e, but are not limited to, regulating blood sugar levels, endocrine tion, enzyme systems, interconversion of metabolites (e.g., ketone bodies, sterols and steroids and amino acids); manufacturing blood proteins such as fibrinogen, serum albumin, and cholinesterase, erythropoietic function, fication, bile formation, and vitamin storage. Several tests to examine liver function are known in the art, including, for example, measuring alanine amino transferase (ALT), alkaline phosphatase, bilirubin, prothrombin, and albumin.

"Therapeutically effective ," as used herein, is intended to include the amount of an RNAi agent that, when administered to a t for treating a Serpinal—associated disease, is sufficient to effect treatment of the disease (e.g., by diminishing, ameliorating or maintaining the existing e or one or more symptoms of e). The peutically effective amount" may vary depending on the RNAi agent, how the agent is administered, the disease and its severity and the history, age, weight, family history, genetic makeup, stage of pathological processes ed by Serpinal expression, the types of preceding or concomitant treatments, if any, and other individual characteristics of the patient to be treated.

“Prophylactically ive amount,” as used herein, is ed to include the amount of an RNAi agent that, when stered to a subject who does not yet experience or display ms of an Serpinal—associated disease, but who may be predisposed to the disease, is sufficient to prevent or ameliorate the disease or one or more symptoms of the disease. Ameliorating the disease includes slowing the course of the disease or reducing the n later—developing disease. The "prophylactically effective amount" may vary [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM depending on the RNAi agent, how the agent is administered, the degree of risk of disease, and the history, age, weight, family history, genetic makeup, the types of preceding or concomitant treatments, if any, and other individual characteristics of the patient to be treated.

A "therapeutically—effective amount" or “prophylacticaly effective amount” also includes an amount of an RNAi agent that produces some desired local or systemic effect at a reasonable t/risk ratio applicable to any treatment. RNAi gents employed in the methods of the present invention may be administered in a sufficient amount to produce a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to such treatment.

The term “sample,” as used herein, es a collection of r fluids, cells, or s ed from a subject, as well as fluids, cells, or tissues present within a subject.

Examples of biological fluids include blood, serum and l fluids, plasma, urine, lymph, cerebrospinal fluid, ocular fluids, saliva, and the like. Tissue samples may include samples from s, organs or localized regions. For e, samples may be derived from particular organs, parts of , or fluids or cells within those organs. In certain embodiments, samples may be derived from the liver (e.g., whole liver or certain ts of liver or certain types of cells in the liver, such as, e.g., hepatocytes). In preferred embodiments, a “sample derived from a subject” refers to blood or plasma drawn from the subject. In further embodiments, a “sample derived from a subject” refers to liver tissue (or subcomponents thereof) derived from the t. 11. iRNAs of the Invention Described herein are improved double—stranded RNAi agents which inhibit the expression of a Serpinal gene in a cell, such as a cell within a subject, 6.57., a mammal, such as a human having a Serpinal associated disease, 6.57., a liver disease, e.g., chronic liver disease, liver inflammation, sis, liver fibrosis, and/or hepatocellular carcinoma.

Accordingly, the invention provides double—stranded RNAi agents with chemical modifications capable of inhibiting the sion of a target gene (i. 6., a Serpinal gene) in vivo. In certain aspects of the invention, substantially all of the nucleotides of an iRNA of the invention are ed. In other embodiments of the invention, all of the nucleotides of an iRNA of the invention are modified. iRNAs of the invention in which “substantially all of the nucleotides are modified” are largely but not wholly modified and can include not more than , 4, 3, 2, or 1 unmodified nucleotides.

The RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense . Each strand of the RNAi agent may range from 12—30 nucleotides in length. For example, each strand may be between 14—30 nucleotides in , 17—30 nucleotides in length, 19—30 nucleotides in length, —30 nucleotides in length, 27—30 nucleotides in length, 17—23 nucleotides in length, 17—21 nucleGs in length, l7—l9 nucleotides in length, 19—25 nucleotides in length, 19—23 [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM nucleotides in length, l9—2l nucleotides in length, 2l—25 nucleotides in length, or 21—23 nucleotides in .

The sense strand and antisense strand typically form a duplex double stranded RNA (“dsRNA”), also referred to herein as an “RNAi ” The duplex region of an RNAi agent may be 12—30 nucleotide pairs in . For example, the duplex region can be between 14— nucleotide pairs in length, 17—30 nucleotide pairs in length, 27—30 tide pairs in length, 17 — 23 tide pairs in length, l7—2l nucleotide pairs in length, l7—l9 nucleotide pairs in length, 19—25 nucleotide pairs in length, 19—23 nucleotide pairs in length, 19— 21 nucleotide pairs in length, 2l—25 nucleotide pairs in length, or 21—23 nucleotide pairs in length. In r example, the duplex region is selected from l5, l6, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27 nucleotides in length.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent may contain one or more overhang regions and/or capping groups at the 3’—end, 5’—end, or both ends of one or both s. The overhang can be l—6 nucleotides in length, for instance 2—6 nucleotides in length, l—5 nucleotides in length, 2—5 nucleotides in length, l—4 nucleotides in length, 2—4 nucleotides in , l—3 tides in length, 2—3 nucleotides in length, or l—2 nucleotides in length. The ngs can be the result of one strand being longer than the other, or the result of two strands of the same length being red. The overhang can form a ch with the target mRNA or it can be complementary to the gene sequences being targeted or can be another sequence. The first and second strands can also be joined, 6.57., by additional bases to form a hairpin, or by other non—base linkers.

In one embodiment, the nucleotides in the overhang region of the RNAi agent can each independently be a modified or fied nucleotide ing, but no limited to 2’— sugar modified, such as, 2—F, 2’—O—methyl, thymidine (T), 2‘—O—methoxyethyl—5— uridine (Teo), 2‘—O—methoxyethyladenosine (Aeo), 2‘—O—methoxyethyl—5— methylcytidine (m5Ceo), and any combinations thereof. For example, TT can be an overhang sequence for either end on either strand. The overhang can form a ch with the target mRNA or it can be complementary to the gene sequences being targeted or can be another sequence.

The 5’— or 3’— overhangs at the sense strand, antisense strand or both strands of the RNAi agent may be phosphorylated. In some embodiments, the overhang region(s) contains two nucleotides having a phosphorothioate between the two nucleotides, where the two nucleotides can be the same or different. In one embodiment, the overhang is present at the 3’—end of the sense strand, antisense strand, or both strands. In one embodiment, this 3’— overhang is present in the antisense strand. In one embodiment, this 3’—overhang is present in the sense strand.

The RNAi agent may contain only a single overhang, which can strengthen the interface activity of the RNAi, without affecting its overall stability. For example, the [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM —stranded ng may be located at the 3'—terminal end of the sense strand or, alternatively, at the 3'—terminal end of the antisense . The RNAi may also have a blunt end, located at the 5’—end of the antisense strand (or the 3’—end of the sense strand) or vice versa. Generally, the nse strand of the RNAi has a nucleotide ng at the 3’—end, and the 5’—end is blunt. While not wishing to be bound by theory, the asymmetric blunt end at the 5’—end of the antisense strand and 3’—end overhang of the antisense strand favor the guide strand loading into RISC s.

Any of the nucleic acids featured in the invention can be synthesized and/or ed by methods well established in the art, such as those described in “Current protocols in nucleic acid chemistry,” Beaucage, S.L. et al. (Edrs.), John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, NY, USA, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference. cations include, for example, end modifications, e.g., 5’—end modifications (phosphorylation, conjugation, inverted linkages) or 3’—end modifications (conjugation, DNA nucleotides, ed linkages, etc); base modifications, e.g., replacement with stabilizing bases, destabilizing bases, or bases that base pair with an expanded repertoire of partners, removal of bases (abasic nucleotides), or conjugated bases; sugar modifications (e.g., at the 2’—position or 4’—position) or replacement of the sugar; and/or backbone modifications, including modification or replacement of the phosphodiester linkages. Specific examples of iRNA compounds useful in the embodiments described herein e, but are not limited to RNAs ning modified backbones or no natural cleoside linkages. RNAs having modified nes include, among others, those that do not have a phosphorus atom in the backbone.

For the purposes of this specification, and as sometimes referenced in the art, modified RNAs that do not have a phosphorus atom in their intemucleoside backbone can also be considered to be oligonucleosides. In some embodiments, a modified iRNA will have a phosphorus atom in its intemucleoside backbone.

Modified RNA backbones include, for example, phosphorothioates, chiral phosphorothioates, orodithioates, phosphotriesters, aminoalkylphosphotriesters, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates including 3'—alkylene phosphonates and chiral phosphonates, phosphinates, phosphoramidates including 3'—amino phosphoramidate and aminoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, and boranophosphates having normal 3'—5' linkages, 2'—5'—linked analogs of these, and those having inverted polarity wherein the adjacent pairs of nucleoside units are linked 3—5 to 5'—3' or 2—5 to 5'—2'. Various salts, mixed salts and free acid forms are also included.

Representative US. patents that teach the preparation of the above phosphorus— containing linkages include, but are not limited to, US. Patent Nos. 3,687,808; 4,469,863; 4,476,301; 5,023,243; 5,177,195; 5,188,897; 5,264,423; 019; 5,278,302; 5,286,717; ,321D; 5,399,676; 5,405,939; 5,453,496; 5,455,233; 5,466,677; 5,476,925; 5,519,126; [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ,536,821; 5,541,316; 5,550,111; 5,563,253; 799; 5,587,361; 5,625,050; 6,028,188; 6,124,445; 6,160,109; 6,169,170; 6,172,209; 6, 239,265; 6,277,603; 6,326,199; 6,346,614; 6,444,423; 6,531,590; 6,534,639; 6,608,035; 6,683,167; 6,858,715; 6,867,294; 6,878,805; 7,015,315; 7,041,816; 7,273,933; 7,321,029; and US Pat RE39464, the entire contents of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. ed RNA backbones that do not include a phosphorus atom therein have backbones that are formed by short chain alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, mixed heteroatoms and alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, or one or more short chain heteroatomic or cyclic internucleoside linkages. These include those having lino linkages (formed in part from the sugar portion of a side); siloxane backbones; e, sulfoxide and sulfone backbones; etyl and thioformacetyl backbones; methylene formacetyl and rmacetyl backbones; alkene containing backbones; sulfamate backbones; methyleneimino and methylenehydrazino backbones; sulfonate and sulfonamide backbones; amide backbones; and others having mixed N, O, S and CH2 component parts.

Representative US. patents that teach the preparation of the above oligonucleosides include, but are not limited to, US. Patent Nos. 5,034,506; 315; 5,185,444; 5,214,134; ,216,141; 5,235,033; 5,64,562; 5,264,564; 5,405,938; 5,434,257; 5,466,677; 5,470,967; ,489,677; 307; 5,561,225; 5,596,086; 5,602,240; 5,608,046; 5,610,289; 5,618,704; 5,623,070; 5,663,312; 5,633,360; 437; and, 439, the entire contents of each of which are hereby orated herein by reference.

In other embodiments, le RNA mimetics are contemplated for use in iRNAs, in which both the sugar and the internucleoside linkage, i.e., the backbone, of the nucleotide units are ed with novel groups. The base units are maintained for hybridization with an appropriate nucleic acid target compound. One such oligomeric compound, an RNA mimetic that has been shown to have ent hybridization properties, is referred to as a peptide nucleic acid (PNA). In PNA nds, the sugar backbone of an RNA is replaced with an amide containing ne, in particular an aminoethylglycine backbone. The nucleobases are retained and are bound directly or indirectly to aza nitrogen atoms of the amide portion of the backbone. Representative US. patents that teach the preparation of PNA compounds include, but are not limited to, US. Patent Nos. 5,539,082; 5,714,331; and 5,719,262, the entire contents of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Additional PNA compounds suitable for use in the iRNAs of the invention are described in, for e, in Nielsen et al., Science, 1991, 254, 1497—1500.

Some embodiments featured in the invention include RNAs with phosphorothioate backbones and oligonucleosides with heteroatom backbones, and in particular ——CH2——NH—— CH2—, ——CH2——N(CH3)——O——CH2——[known as a methylene (methylimino) or MMI backbone], —— CHz—DN(CH3)——CH2——, ——CH2——N(CH3)——N(CH3)——CH2—— and ——N(CH3)——CH2——CH2—— [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [wherein the native phosphodiester backbone is represented as ——O——CH2——] of the above—referenced US. Patent No. 5,489,677, and the amide backbones of the above— referenced US. Patent No. 5,602,240. In some embodiments, the RNAs featured herein have morpholino backbone structures of the above—referenced US. Patent No. 5,034,506.

Modified RNAs can also contain one or more tuted sugar moieties. The iRNAs, e.g., dsRNAs, featured herein can include one of the following at the 2'—position: OH; F; O—, S—, or N—alkyl; O—, S—, or N—alkenyl; O—, S— or N—alkynyl; or O—alkyl—O—alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl can be substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C10 alkyl or C2 to C10 alkenyl and alkynyl. Exemplary le cations include O[(CH2)nO] mCH3, O(CH2).nOCH3, O(CH2)HNH2, O(CH2) I1CH3, O(CH2)nONH2, and O(CH2)nON[(CH2)nCH3)]2, where n and m are from 1 to about 10. In other embodiments, dsRNAs include one of the following at the 2' position: C1 to C10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O— alkaryl or O—aralkyl, SH, SCH3, OCN, Cl, Br, CN, CF3, OCF3, SOCH3, SOZCH3, ONOZ, N02, N3, NHZ, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkaryl, lkylamino, kylamino, substituted silyl, an RNA cleaving group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a group for improving the pharmacokinetic properties of an iRNA, or a group for improving the pharmacodynamic properties of an iRNA, and other substituents having r properties. In some embodiments, the modification includes a 2'—methoxyethoxy (2'—O——CH2CHZOCH3, also known as 2'—O—(2—methoxyethyl) or 2'—MOE) (Martin et al., Helv. Chim. Acta, 1995, 78:486— 504) i.e., an alkoxy—alkoxy group. Another ary modification is 2'— ylaminooxyethoxy, i.e., a ZON(CH3)2 group, also known as 2'—DMAOE, as bed in examples herein below, and 2'—dimethylaminoethoxyethoxy (also known in the art as 2'—O—dimethylaminoethoxyethyl or 2'—DMAEOE), i.e., 2'—O——CH2-—O——CH2——N(CH2)2.

Other modifications include 2'—methoxy (2'—OCH3), 2'—aminopropoxy (2'— OCHZCHZCHZNHZ) and 2'—fluoro (2'—F). Similar modifications can also be made at other positions on the RNA of an iRNA, particularly the 3' position of the sugar on the 3' terminal nucleotide or in 2—5 linked dsRNAs and the 5' position of 5' terminal tide. iRNAs can also have sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyl moieties in place of the pentofuranosyl sugar.

Representative US. s that teach the preparation of such modified sugar structures include, but are not limited to, US. Pat. Nos. 4,981,957; 5,118,800; 5,319,080; 5,359,044; ,393,878; 5,446,137; 5,466,786; 5,514,785; 5,519,134; 811; 5,576,427; 722; ,597,909; 5,610,300; 5,627,053; 5,639,873; 5,646,265; 5,658,873; 5,670,633; and ,700,920, certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application,. The entire contents of each of the foregoing are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

An iRNA can also include nucleobase (often referred to in the art simply as “base”) modifications or substitutions. As used herein, “unmodified” or “natural” nucleobases include the purine bases adenine (A) and guanine (G), and the pyrimidine bases thymine (T), cytosine (C) aIDacil (U). Modified nucleobases include other synthetic and natural nucleobases [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM such as deoxy—thymine (dT)s 5—methylcytosine (5—me—C), 5—hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2—aminoadenine, 6—methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2—propyl and other alkyl tives of adenine and guanine, 2—thiouracil, 2— thiothymine and 2—thiocytosine, 5—halouracil and cytosine, 5—propynyl uracil and cytosine, 6— azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5—uracil (pseudouracil), 4—thiouracil, 8—halo, 8—amino, 8— thiol, 8—thioalkyl, 8—hydroxyl anal other tituted adenines and guanines, , particularly 5—bromo, 5—trifluoromethyl and other 5—substituted uracils and cytosines, 7— methylguanine and yladenine, 8—azaguanine and 8—azaadenine, 7—deazaguanine and 7— daazaadenine and 3—deazaguanine and 3—deazaadenine. Further nucleobases include those disclosed in US. Pat. No. 808, those disclosed in Modified Nucleosides in Biochemistry, Biotechnology and Medicine, Herdewijn, P. ed. Wiley—VCH, 2008; those disclosed in The Concise Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science And Engineering, pages 858— 859, Kroschwitz, J. L, ed. John Wiley & Sons, 1990, these disclosed by ch et al., Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 1991, 30, 613, and those disclosed by Sanghvi, Y 8., Chapter 15, dsRNA Research and Applications, pages 289—302, Crooke, S. T. and Lebleu, B., Ed., CRC Press, 1993. Certain of these nucleobases are particularly useful for increasing the binding affinity of the oligomeric compounds featured in the invention. These e 5— substituted pyrimidines, 6—azapyrimidines and N—2, N—6 and 0—6 substituted purines, ing opropyladenine, 5—propynyluracil and 5—propynylcytosine. 5—methylcytosine substitutions have been shown to increase nucleic acid duplex stability by 0.6—1.2°C (Sanghvi, Y. S., Crooke, S. T. and Lebleu, B., Eds., dsRNA Research and Applications, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1993, pp. 276—278) and are exemplary base substitutions, even more particularly when combined with 2'—O—methoxyethyl sugar modifications.

Representative US. patents that teach the preparation of certain of the above noted modified nucleobases as well as other modified bases include, but are not d to, the above noted US. Patent Nos. 3,687,808, 4,845,205; 5,130,30; 5,134,066; 5,175,273; ,367,066; 5,432,272; 5,457,187; 5,459,255; 5,484,908; 5,502,177; 5,525,711; 5,552,540; ,587,469; 5,594,121, 5,596,091; 5,614,617; 941; 5,750,692; 6,015,886; 200; 6,166,197; 025; 887; 6,380,368; 6,528,640; 6,639,062; 6,617,438; 7,045,610; 7,427,672; and 7,495,088, the entire contents of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

The RNA of an iRNA can also be modified to include one or more locked c acids (LNA). A locked nucleic acid is a nucleotide having a modified ribose moiety in which the ribose moiety comprises an extra bridge connecting the 2' and 4' carbons. This structure ively "locks" the ribose in the 3'—endo structural conformation. The addition of locked nucleic acids to siRNAs has been shown to increase siRNA stability in serum, and to reduce off—target effects , J. et al., (2005) Nucleic Acids Research 33(1):439-447; Mook, OR.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM et al., (2007) Mol Canc Ther 6(3):833—843; Grunweller, A. et al., (2003) Nucleic Acids ch 31(12):3185—3193).

Representative US. Patents that teach the preparation of locked nucleic acid nucleotides include, but are not limited to, the following: US. Patent Nos. 6,268,490; 6,670,461; 6,794,499; 6,998,484; 7,053,207; 125; and 7,399,845, the entire contents of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Potentially stabilizing modifications to the ends of RNA molecules can include N— (acetylaminocaproyl)—4—hydroxyprolinol 6—NHAc), N—(caproyl—4—hydroxyprolinol (Hyp—C6), N—(acetyl—4—hydroxyprolinol (Hyp—NHAc), thymidine—2'—0—deoxythymidine (ether), nocaproyl)—4—hydroxyprolinol (Hyp—C6—amino), 2—docosanoyl—uridine—3"— phosphate, ed base dT(idT) and others. Disclosure of this modification can be found in PCT Publication No. .

A. Modified iRNAs Comprising Motifs of the Invention In certain aspects of the invention, the double—stranded RNAi agents of the invention include agents with chemical modifications as disclosed, for example, in US. Provisional Application No. 61/561,710, filed on November 18, 2011, or in , filed on November 16, 2012, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.

As shown herein and in Provisional Application No. 61/561,710, a superior result may be obtained by introducing one or more motifs of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides into a sense strand and/or nse strand of a RNAi agent, particularly at or near the cleavage site. In some embodiments, the sense strand and nse strand of the RNAi agent may otherwise be completely modified. The introduction of these motifs interrupts the modification pattern, if present, of the sense and/or nse strand.

The RNAi agent may be optionally conjugated with a GalNAc derivative ligand, for instance on the sense strand. The resulting RNAi agents present superior gene silencing activity.

More specifically, it has been surprisingly discovered that when the sense strand and antisense strand of the double—stranded RNAi agent are modified to have one or more motifs of three identical modifications on three consecutive tides at or near the cleavage site of at least one strand of an RNAi agent, the gene silencing acitivity of the RNAi agent was superiorly enhanced.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent is a double ended bluntmer of 19 nucleotides in , wherein the sense strand contains at least one motif of three 2’—F modifications on three utive nucleotides at positions 7, 8, 9 from the 5’end. The antisense strand contains at least one motif of three 2’—O—methyl modifications on three consecutive tides at positions 11, 12, 13 from the 5’end.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM In another embodiment, the RNAi agent is a double ended bluntmer of 20 nucleotides in length, wherein the sense strand contains at least one motif of three 2’—F modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 8, 9, 10 from the 5’end. The antisense strand contains at least one motif of three 2’—O—methyl modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 11, 12, 13 from the 5’end.

In yet another embodiment, the RNAi agent is a double ended er of 21 nucleotides in length, wherein the sense strand contains at least one motif of three 2’—F modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at ons 9, 10, 11 from the 5’end. The antisense strand contains at least one motif of three 2’—O—methyl modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 11, 12, 13 from the 5’end.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent comprises a 21 nucleotide sense strand and a 23 nucleotide nse strand, wherein the sense strand contains at least one motif of three 2’—F cations on three consecutive nucleotides at ons 9, 10, 11 from the 5’end; the antisense strand contains at least one motif of three 2’—O—methyl modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 11, 12, 13 from the 5’end, wherein one end of the RNAi agent is blunt, while the other end comprises a 2 nucleotide overhang. Preferably, the 2 nucleotide overhang is at the 3’—end of the antisense strand. When the 2 nucleotide overhang is at the 3’—end of the antisense strand, there may be two phosphorothioate intemucleotide es between the terminal three nucleotides, wherein two of the three nucleotides are the overhang nucleotides, and the third nucleotide is a paired nucleotide next to the overhang nucleotide. In one embodiment, the RNAi agent onally has two phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages between the al three nucleotides at both the 5’—end of the sense strand and at the 5’—end of the antisense strand. In one embodiment, every nucleotide in the sense strand and the antisense strand of the RNAi agent, including the nucleotides that are part of the motifs are modified nucleotides. In one ment each residue is independently modified with a 2’—O—methyl or 3’—fluoro, e.g., in an alternating motif.

Optionally, the RNAi agent further comprises a ligand (preferably GalNAC3).

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent ses sense and antisense strands, wherein the RNAi agent comprises a first strand having a length which is at least 25 and at most 29 nucleotides and a second strand having a length which is at most 30 nucleotides with at least one motif of three 2’—O—methyl modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at position 11, 12, 13 from the 5’ end; wherein the 3’ end of the first strand and the 5’ end of the second strand form a blunt end and the second strand is 1—4 nucleotides longer at its 3’ end than the first strand, wherein the duplex region region which is at least 25 nucleotides in length, and the second strand is sufficiently complemenatary to a target mRNA along at least 19 tide of the second strand length to reduce target gene expression when the RNAi agent is introduced into a mammalian cell, and n dicer cleavage of the RNAi agent prefetnally results in an siRNA sing the 3’ end of the second strand, thereby [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM reducing expression of the target gene in the . Optionally, the RNAi agent further comprises a ligand.

In one embodiment, the sense strand of the RNAi agent ns at least one motif of three identical cations on three consecutive nucleotides, where one of the motifs occurs at the ge site in the sense strand.

In one embodiment, the antisense strand of the RNAi agent can also contain at least one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides, where one of the motifs occurs at or near the cleavage site in the antisense strand For an RNAi agent having a duplex region of 17—23 nucleotides in length, the cleavage site of the antisense strand is typically around the 10, 11 and 12 positions from the ’—end. Thus the motifs of three identical modifications may occur at the 9, 10, 11 positions; , 11, 12 positions; 11, 12, 13 positions; 12, 13, 14 ons; or 13, 14, 15 positions of the antisense strand, the count starting from the 1St nucleotide from the 5’—end of the antisense strand, or, the count starting from the 1St paired tide within the duplex region from the 5’— end of the antisense strand. The cleavage site in the antisense strand may also change according to the length of the duplex region of the RNAi from the 5’—end.

The sense strand of the RNAi agent may contain at least one motif of three identical modifications on three utive nucleotides at the cleavage site of the strand; and the antisense strand may have at least one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at or near the cleavage site of the strand. When the sense strand and the antisense strand form a dsRNA , the sense strand and the antisense strand can be so aligned that one motif of the three nucleotides on the sense strand and one motif of the three nucleotides on the antisense strand have at least one nucleotide overlap, i.e., at least one of the three nucleotides of the motif in the sense strand forms a base pair with at least one of the three nucleotides of the motif in the nse strand. Alternatively, at least two nucleotides may overlap, or all three nucleotides may overlap.

In one embodiment, the sense strand of the RNAi agent may contain more than one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides. The first motif may occur at or near the cleavage site of the strand and the other motifs may be a wing modification. The term “wing modification” herein refers to a motif occurring at another portion of the strand that is separated from the motif at or near the cleavage site of the same strand. The wing modification is either adajacent to the first motif or is separated by at least one or more nucleotides. When the motifs are immediately adjacent to each other then the chemistry of the motifs are distinct from each other and when the motifs are separated by one or more nucleotide than the chemistries can be the same or different. Two or more wing cations may be present. For instance, when two wing modifications are present, each wing modification may occur at one end relative to the first motif which is at or near cleavage site on either side of the lead motif.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Like the sense , the antisense strand of the RNAi agent may contain more than one motifs of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides, with at least one of the motifs ing at or near the cleavage site of the strand. This antisense strand may also contain one or more wing modifications in an alignment similar to the wing modifications that may be t on the sense strand.

In one ment, the wing modification on the sense strand or antisense strand of the RNAi agent typically does not include the first one or two terminal nucleotides at the 3’— end, 5’—end or both ends of the strand.

In another embodiment, the wing modification on the sense strand or antisense strand of the RNAi agent typically does not include the first one or two paired nucleotides within the duplex region at the 3’—end, 5’—end or both ends of the strand.

When the sense strand and the antisense strand of the RNAi agent each contain at least one wing cation, the wing modifications may fall on the same end of the duplex region, and have an p of one, two or three nucleotides.

When the sense strand and the antisense strand of the RNAi agent each contain at least two wing modifications, the sense strand and the antisense strand can be so aligned that two modifications each from one strand fall on one end of the duplex region, having an overlap of one, two or three nucleotides; two cations each from one strand fall on the other end of the duplex region, having an overlap of one, two or three nucleotides; two modifications one strand fall on each side of the lead motif, having an overlap of one, two or three nucleotides in the duplex region.

In one embodiment, every nucleotide in the sense strand and antisense strand of the RNAi agent, including the nucleotides that are part of the motifs, may be modified. Each nucleotide may be modified with the same or different modification which can include one or more alteration of one or both of the non—linking phosphate oxygens and/or of one or more of the linking ate oxygens; alteration of a constituent of the ribose sugar, e.g., of the 2’ hydroxyl on the ribose sugar; wholesale replacement of the phosphate moiety with “dephospho” linkers; modification or replacement of a naturally occurring base; and replacement or modification of the ribose—phosphate backbone.

As nucleic acids are rs of subunits, many of the modifications occur at a position which is repeated within a nucleic acid, e.g., a modification of a base, or a phosphate moiety, or a non—linking O of a phosphate moiety. In some cases the modification will occur at all of the t positions in the nucleic acid but in many cases it will not. By way of example, a cation may only occur at a 3’ or 5’ terminal position, may only occur in a al region, e.g., at a position on a terminal nucleotide or in the last 2, 3, 4, 5, or 10 nucleotides of a strand. A modification may occur in a double strand region, a single strand region, or in both. A modification may occur only in the double strand region of an RNA or may r in a single strand region of a RNA. For example, a phosphorothioate [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM modification at a non—linking 0 position may only occur at one or both termini, may only occur in a terminal region, e.g., at a position on a terminal nucleotide or in the last 2, 3, 4, 5, or 10 nucleotides of a strand, or may occur in double strand and single strand regions, particularly at termini. The 5’ end or ends can be phosphorylated.

It may be le, 6.57., to enhance stability, to include particular bases in overhangs, or to include modified nucleotides or nucleotide surrogates, in single strand overhangs, 6.57., in a 5’ or 3’ overhang, or in both. For example, it can be desirable to include purine nucleotides in overhangs. In some ments all or some of the bases in a 3’ or 5’ overhang may be modified, 6.57., with a modification described herein. Modifications can include, 6.57., the use of modifications at the 2’ position of the ribose sugar with modifications that are known in the art, e.g., the use of deoxyribonucleotides, or , 2’—deoxy—2’—fluoro (2’—F) 2’—O—methyl modified instead of the ribosugar of the nucleobase and modifications in the phosphate group, e.g., phosphorothioate modifications. ngs need not be homologous with the target ce.

In one embodiment, each residue of the sense strand and nse strand is independently modified with LNA, HNA, CeNA, 2’—methoxyethyl, 2’— O—methyl, 2’—O—allyl, 2’—C— allyl, 2’—deoxy, 2’—hydroxyl, or 2’—fluoro. The s can n more than one modification. In one embodiment, each residue of the sense strand and antisense strand is independently modified with 2’— O—methyl or 2’—fluoro.

At least two different modifications are typically t on the sense strand and antisense strand. Those two modifications may be the 2’— O—methyl or 2’—fluoro modifications, or others.

In one embodiment, the Na and/or Nb comprise modifications of an alternating n.

The term “alternating motif’ as used herein refers to a motif having one or more modifications, each modification occurring on alternating nucleotides of one strand. The ating nucleotide may refer to one per every other nucleotide or one per every three nucleotides, or a similar pattern. For example, if A, B and C each represent one type of modification to the nucleotide, the alternating motif can be BABABAB. . .,” “AABBAABBAABB. . .,” “AABAABAABAAB. . .,” “AAABAAABAAAB. . .,” “AAABBBAAABBB. . .,” or “ABCABCABCABC. . .,” etc.

The type of modifications contained in the alternating motif may be the same or different. For example, if A, B, C, D each represent one type of modification on the nucleotide, the alternating pattern, i.e., modifications on every other tide, may be the same, but each of the sense strand or antisense strand can be selected from several possibilities of modifications within the alternating motif such as “ABABAB. . .”, “ACACAC. . .” “BDBDBD. . .” or “CDCDCD. . .,” etc.

In one ment, the RNAi agent of the invention comprises the modification Dr the alternating motif on the sense strand relative to the modification pattern for the [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM alternating motif on the nse strand is shifted. The shift may be such that the ed group of nucleotides of the sense strand corresponds to a differently modified group of nucleotides of the antisense strand and vice versa. For example, the sense strand when paired with the antisense strand in the dsRNA duplex, the ating motif in the sense strand may start with “ABABAB” from 5’—3’ of the strand and the alternating motif in the antisense strand may start with “BABABA” from 5’—3’of the strand within the duplex region. As r example, the alternating motif in the sense strand may start with “AABBAABB” from 5’—3’ of the strand and the alternating motif in the antisenese strand may start with “BBAABBAA” from 5’—3’ of the strand within the duplex region, so that there is a complete or partial shift of the modification patterns between the sense strand and the antisense strand.

In one ment, the RNAi agent ses the pattern of the alternating motif of 2'—O—methyl modification and 2’—F modification on the sense strand initially has a shift relative to the pattern of the alternating motif of 2'—O—methyl modification and 2’—F modification on the antisense strand initially, i.e., the ethyl ed nucleotide on the sense strand base pairs with a 2'—F modified nucleotide on the nse strand and vice versa.

The 1 position of the sense strand may start with the 2'—F modification, and the 1 position of the antisense strand may start with the 2'— O—methyl modification.

The introduction of one or more motifs of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides to the sense strand and/or antisense strand interrupts the initial modification pattern present in the sense strand and/or antisense strand. This interruption of the modification pattern of the sense and/or antisense strand by ucing one or more motifs of three cal modifications on three consecutive nucleotides to the sense and/or antisense strand surprisingly es the gene silencing acitivty to the target gene.

In one embodiment, when the motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides is introduced to any of the strands, the modification of the nucleotide next to the motif is a different modification than the modification of the motif. For example, the portion of the sequence containing the motif is “. . .NaYYYNb. . .,” where “Y” represents the modification of the motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotide, and “Na” and “Nb” represent a modification to the nucleotide next to the motif “YYY” that is different than the modification of Y, and where Na and Nb can be the same or different modifications. Altnematively, Na and/or Nb may be present or absent when there is a wing modification present.

The RNAi agent may further comprise at least one phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate ucleotide linkage. The phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate ucleotide linkage modification may occur on any tide of the sense strand or antisense strand or both strands in any position of the strand. For instance, the internucleotide linkage modification may occur on every nucleotide on the sense strand and/onisense strand; each internucleotide linkage modification may occur in an alternating [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM pattern on the sense strand and/or nse strand; or the sense strand or antisense strand may contain both internucleotide e modifications in an alternating pattern. The alternating pattern of the internucleotide linkage modification on the sense strand may be the same or different from the antisense , and the alternating pattern of the internucleotide linkage cation on the sense strand may have a shift relative to the alternating pattern of the internucleotide linkage modification on the antisense strand.

In one embodiment, the RNAi comprises a phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage modification in the overhang region. For example, the overhang region may n two nucleotides having a phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage between the two nucleotides. Intemucleotide e modifications also may be made to link the overhang nucleotides with the terminal paired nucleotides within the duplex region. For example, at least 2, 3, 4, or all the overhang nucleotides may be linked through phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide e, and optionally, there may be additional phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkages linking the overhang nucleotide with a paired nucleotide that is next to the overhang nucleotide. For ce, there may be at least two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages between the terminal three nucleotides, in which two of the three nucleotides are overhang tides, and the third is a paired nucleotide next to the ng nucleotide. These terminal three nucleotides may be at the 3’—end of the antisense strand, the 3’—end of the sense , the 5’—end of the antisense strand, and/or the 5’end of the antisense .

In one embodiment, the 2 nucleotide overhang is at the 3’—end of the nse strand, and there are two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages between the terminal three nucleotides, wherein two of the three nucleotides are the overhang nucleotides, and the third nucleotide is a paired nucleotide next to the overhang nucleotide. Optionally, the RNAi agent may additionally have two orothioate internucleotide linkages between the terminal three nucleotides at both the 5’—end of the sense strand and at the 5’—end of the antisense strand.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent comprises ch(es) with the target, within the duplex, or combinations f. A “mismatch” may be non—canonical base pairing or other than canonical pairing of nucleotides. The mistmatch may occur in the overhang region or the duplex region. The base pair may be ranked on the basis of their sity to promote dissociation or melting (e.g., on the free energy of association or dissociation of a particular pairing, the simplest approach is to examine the pairs on an individual pair basis, though next neighbor or similar analysis can also be used). In terms of promoting dissociation: A:U is red over G:C; G:U is preferred over G:C; and I:C is preferred over G:C (I=inosine).

Mismatches, e.g., non—canonical or other than canonical pairings (as described elsewhere herein) are preferred over canonical (AzT, A:U, G:C) pairings; and pairings which include a univenbase are preferred over canonical pairings. A “universal base” is a base that exhibits [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM the ability to replace any of the four normal bases (G, C, A, and U) without significantly destabilizing neighboring air interactions or disrupting the expected functional biochemical utility of the modified oligonucleotide. Non—limiting examples of universal bases include 2'—deoxyinosine (hypoxanthine ucleotide) or its derivatives, nitroazole analogues, and hydrophobic aromatic non—hydrogen—bonding bases.

In one ment, the RNAi agent comprises at least one of the first 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 base pairs within the duplex regions from the 5’— end of the antisense strand independently ed from the group of: A:U, GzU, 1C, and mismatched pairs, e.g., non—canonical or other than canonical pairings or gs which include a universal base, to promote the dissociation of the nse strand at the 5’—end of the duplex.

In one embodiment, the nucleotide at the 1 position within the duplex region from the ’—end in the antisense strand is selected from the group consisting of A, dA, dU, U, and dT.

Alternatively, at least one of the first 1, 2 or 3 base pair within the duplex region from the 5’— end of the antisense strand is an AU base pair. For example, the first base pair within the duplex region from the 5’— end of the antisense strand is an AU base pair.

In another embodiment, the nucleotide at the 3’—end of the sense strand is deoxy— thymine (dT). In another embodiment, the nucleotide at the 3’—end of the antisense strand is thymine (dT). In one embodiment, there is a short sequence of deoxy—thymine nucleotides, for example, two dT nucleotides on the 3’—end of the sense and/or antisense .

In one embodiment, the sense strand ce may be represented by formula (I): ' np-Na-(X X X )i-Nb-Y Y Y -Nb-(Z Z Z )j-Na-nq 3' (I) wherein: i and j are each independently 0 or 1; p and q are each independently 0—6; each Na independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0—25 modified nucleotides, each sequence sing at least two differently modified nucleotides; each Nb independently ents an oligonucleotide ce comprising 0—10 modified nucleotides; each np and nq independently represent an overhang nucleotide; wherein Nb and Y do not have the same modification; and XXX, YYY and ZZZ each independently represent one motif of three cal modifications on three consecutive nucleotides. Preferably YYY is all 2’—F modified nucleotides.

In one embodiment, the Na and/or Nb comprise modifications of alternating pattern.

In one embodiment, the YYY motif occurs at or near the cleavage site of the sense stranCGr example, when the RNAi agent has a duplex region of 17—23 nucleotides in [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM length, the YYY motif can occur at or the Vicinity of the ge site (e.g.: can occur at positions 6, 7, 8, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 10, 9, 10, 11, 10, 11,12 or 11, 12, 13) of — the sense strand, the count ng from the 1St nucleotide, from the 5’—end; or optionally, the count starting at the 1St paired nucleotide within the duplex region, from the 5’— end.

In one ment, i is 1 andj is 0, or i is 0 andj is 1, or both i andj are 1. The sense strand can therefore be represented by the following formulas: ' np-Na-YYY-Nb-ZZZ-Na-nq 3' (lb); ' np—Na—XXX—Nb—YYY—Na—nq 3' (Ic); or ' np-Na-XXX-Nb-YYY-Nb-ZZZ-Na-nq 3' (Id).

When the sense strand is represented by formula (Ib), Nb represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0—10, 0—7, 0—5, 0—4, 0—2 or 0 modified tides. Each Na independently can represent an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2—20, 2—15, or 2— 10 ed nucleotides.

When the sense strand is represented as formula (Ic), Nb represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0—10, 0—7, 0—10, 0—7, 0—5, 0—4, 0—2 or 0 modified nucleotides. Each Na can independently represent an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2—20, 2—15, or 2—10 modified nucleotides.

When the sense strand is represented as formula (Id), each Nb independently ents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0—10, 0—7, 0—5, 0—4, 0—2 or 0 modified nucleotides. Preferably, Nb is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 Each Na can independently represent an oligonucleotide ce comprising 2—20, 2—15, or 2—10 modified nucleotides.

Each of X, Y and Z may be the same or different from each other.

In other embodiments, i is 0 and j is 0, and the sense strand may be represented by the formula: 5' np—Na—YYY— Na—nq 3' (Ia).

When the sense strand is represented by formula (Ia), each Na independently can represent an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2—20, 2—15, or 2—10 ed nucleotides.

In one embodiment, the antisense strand sequence of the RNAi may be ented by formula (II): 5' nqs-Na’-(Z’Z’Z’)k-Nb’-Y’Y’Y’-Nb’-(X’X’X’)1-N’a-np’ 3' (11) wherein: k and l are each independently 0 or 1; p’ and q’ are each independently 0—6; each Na’ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0—25 modified nucleotides, each ce comprising at least two differently modified tides; each Nb’ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0— 10 modifDnucleotides; [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM each np’ and nq’ independently represent an overhang nucleotide; wherein Nb’ and Y’ do not have the same modification; X’X’X’, Y’Y’Y’ and Z’Z’Z’ each independently represent one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides.

In one embodiment, the Na’ and/or Nb’ comprise cations of alternating pattern.

The Y’Y’Y’ motif occurs at or near the cleavage site of the antisense strand. For example, when the RNAi agent has a duplex region of 17—23nucleotidein length, the Y’Y’Y’ motif can occur at positions 9, 10, 11;10, 11, 12; 11, 12, 13; 12, 13, 14; or 13, 14, 15 of the nse strand, with the count starting from the 1St nucleotide, from the 5’—end; or optionally, the count starting at the 1St paired nucleotide within the duplex , from the ’— end. Preferably, the Y’Y’Y’ motif occurs at positions 11, 12, 13.

In one embodiment, Y’Y’Y’ motif is all 2’—OMe modified nucleotides.

In one embodiment, k is 1 and l is 0, or k is 0 and l is 1, or both k and l are 1.

The antisense strand can therefore be represented by the following formulas: ' nqs-Na’-Z’Z’Z’-Nb’-Y’Y’Y’-Na’-np~ 3' (IIb); ' nq~—Na’—Y’Y’Y’—Nb’—X’X’X’—nps 3' (IIc); or ' nq~-Na’- Z’Z’Z’-Nb’-Y’Y’Y’-Nb’- X’X’X’-Na’-np~ 3' (11d).

When the antisense strand is represented by formula (IIb), Nb, represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0—10, 0—7, 0—10, 0—7, 0—5, 0—4, 0—2 or 0 modified nucleotides. Each Na’ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence sing 2— , 2—15, or 2—10 modified nucleotides.

When the antisense strand is represented as formula (IIc), Nb’ represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0—10, 0—7, 0—10, 0—7, 0—5, 0—4, 0—2 or 0 modified nucleotides. Each Na’ ndently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2— , 2—15, or 2—10 modified nucleotides.

When the antisense strand is represented as formula (IId), each Nb’ independently represents an ucleotide sequence comprising 0—10, 0—7, 0—10, 0—7, 0—5, 0—4, 0—2 or 0 modified nucleotides. Each Na’ independently represents an oligonucleotide ce sing 2—20, 2—15, or 2—10 modified nucleotides. Preferably, N, is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.

In other ments, k is 0 and l is 0 and the antisense strand may be represented by the formula: ' nps-Nas-Y’Y’YC Nas-nqs 3' (la).

When the antisense strand is represented as formula (Ila), each Na’ independently represents an oligonucleotide ce sing 2—20, 2—15, or 2—10 modified nucleotides.

Each of X’, Y’ and 2’ may be the same or different from each other.

Each nucleotide of the sense strand and antisense strand may be independently modiwaith LNA, HNA, CeNA, 2’-methoxyethyl, 2’-O-methyl, 2’-O-allyl, 2’-C- allyl, 2’- [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM hydroxyl, or 2’—fluoro. For example, each nucleotide of the sense strand and antisense strand is independently modified with 2’—O—methyl or 2’—fluoro. Each X, Y, Z, X’, Y’ and Z’, in particular, may represent a 2’—O—methyl modification or a 2’—fluoro modification.

In one embodiment, the sense strand of the RNAi agent may n YYY motif occurring at 9, 10 and 11 positions of the strand when the duplex region is 21 nt, the count starting from the 1St nucleotide from the 5’—end, or optionally, the count starting at the 1St paired nucleotide within the duplex region, from the 5’— end; and Y represents 2’—F modification. The sense strand may additionally contain XXX motif or ZZZ motifs as wing modifications at the opposite end of the duplex region; and XXX and ZZZ each independently represents a 2’—OMe modification or 2’—F modification.

In one ment the antisense strand may contain Y’Y’Y’ motif occurring at positions 11, 12, 13 of the strand, the count starting from the 1St nucleotide from the 5’—end, or optionally, the count starting at the 1St paired nucleotide within the duplex region, from the ’— end; and Y’ represents 2’—O—methyl modification. The nse strand may additionally n X’X’X’ motif or Z’Z’Z’ motifs as wing modifications at the opposite end of the duplex region; and X’X’X’ and Z’Z’Z’ each ndently represents a 2’—OMe modification or 2’—F modification.

The sense strand ented by any one of the above formulas (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), and (Id) forms a duplex with a antisense strand being ented by any one of formulas (Ila), (IIb), (11c), and (11d), respectively.

Accordingly, the RNAi agents for use in the methods of the invention may comprise a sense strand and an antisense strand, each strand having 14 to 30 nucleotides, the RNAi duplex represented by formula (III): sense: 5' np —Na—(X X X)i —Nb— Y Y Y —Nb —(Z Z Z)j—Na—nq 3' nse: 3' np’—Na’—(X’X’X’)k—Nb’—Y’Y’Y’—Nb’—(Z’Z’Z’)1—Na’—nq’ 5' (111) i, j, k, and l are each independently 0 or 1; p, p’, q, and q’ are each independently 0—6; each Na and Na, independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0— modified nucleotides, each sequence sing at least two differently modified nucleotides; each Nb and Nb, independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0— modified nucleotides; wherein each np’, np, nq’, and nq, each of which may or may not be present, independently represents an overhang nucleotide; and [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM XXX, YYY, ZZZ, X’X’X’, Y’Y’Y’, and Z’Z’Z’ each independently represent one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides.

In one embodiment, i is 0 andj is 0; or i is l andj is 0; or i is 0 andj is l; or both i and j are 0; or both i andj are 1. In another embodiment, k is 0 and l is 0; or k is l and l is 0; k is 0 and l is l; or both k and l are 0; or both k and l are l.

Exemplary combinations of the sense strand and antisense strand forming a RNAi duplex include the formulas below: ' np — Na —Y Y Y —Na—nq 3' 3' g—Y’Y’Y’ —Na’nq’ 5' (Illa) ' np -Na -Y Y Y -Nb -Z Z Z -Na-nq 3' 3' np’—Na’—Y’Y’Y’—Nb’—Z’Z’Z’—Nagnq’ 5' (IIIb) ' np-Na- X X X -Nb -Y Y Y - Na-nq 3' 3' np’—Na’—X’X’X’—Nbg—Y’Y’Y’—Na’—nq’ 5' (IIIc) ' np -Na -X X X -Nb-Y Y Y -Nb- Z Z Z -Na-nq 3' 3' ’—X’X’X’—Nb’—Y’Y’Y’—Nb’—Z’Z’Z’—Na—nqa 5' (IIId) When the RNAi agent is represented by formula (IIIa), each Na independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2—20, 2—15, or 2—10 modified nucleotides.

When the RNAi agent is ented by formula (IIIb), each Nb ndently represents an oligonucleotide ce comprising 1—10, 1—7, 1—5 or 1—4 modified nucleotides. Each Na independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2—20, 2—15, or 2— 10 ed nucleotides.

When the RNAi agent is represented as formula (IIIc), each Nb, Nb’ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising O—lO, 0—7, O—lO, 0—7, 0—5, 0—4, 0—2 or 0modified nucleotides. Each Na independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2—20, 2—15, or 2—10 modified nucleotides.

When the RNAi agent is represented as formula (IIId), each Nb, Nb’ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising O—lO, 0—7, O—lO, 0—7, 0—5, 0—4, 0—2 or 0modified nucleotides. Each Na, Na, independently represents an ucleotide sequence comprising 2—20, 2—15, or 2—10 modified nucleotides. Each of Na, Na’, Nb and Nb, independently comprises modifications of alternating pattern.

Each of X, Y and Z in as (III), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), and (IIId) may be the same or different from each other.

When the RNAi agent is represented by a (III), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), and (IIId), at leaDe of the Y nucleotides may form a base pair with one of the Y’ nucleotides.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM Alternatively, at least two of the Y nucleotides form base pairs with the corresponding Y’ nucleotides; or all three of the Y nucleotides all form base pairs with the corresponding Y’ nucleotides.

When the RNAi agent is represented by formula (IIIb) or , at least one of the Z nucleotides may form a base pair with one of the Z’ tides. Alternatively, at least two of the Z nucleotides form base pairs with the corresponding Z’ nucleotides; or all three of the Z nucleotides all form base pairs with the corresponding Z’ nucleotides.

When the RNAi agent is represented as formula (IIIc) or (IIId), at least one of the X nucleotides may form a base pair with one of the X’ nucleotides. Alternatively, at least two of the X nucleotides form base pairs with the ponding X’ nucleotides; or all three of the X nucleotides all form base pairs with the corresponding X’ nucleotides.

In one embodiment, the modification on the Y nucleotide is ent than the modification on the Y’ nucleotide, the modification on the Z nucleotide is different than the modification on the Z’ nucleotide, and/or the modification on the X nucleotide is different than the modification on the X’ nucleotide.

In one embodiment, when the RNAi agent is represented by formula , the Na modifications are 2’—O—methyl or 2’—fluoro modifications. In another embodiment, when the RNAi agent is represented by formula (IIId), the Na modifications are 2’—O—methyl or 2’— fluoro modifications and np’ >0 and at least one np’ is linked to a neighboring nucleotide a via phosphorothioate linkage. In yet another embodiment, when the RNAi agent is represented by formula (IIId), the Na modifications are 2’—O—methyl or 2’—fluoro modifications >0 and , np’ at least one np’ is linked to a neighboring nucleotide via phosphorothioate linkage, and the sense strand is conjugated to one or more GalNAc derivatives attached h a bivalent or trivalent branched linker. In another embodiment, when the RNAi agent is represented by formula (IIId), the Na modifications are 2’—O—methyl or 2’—fluoro modifications >0 and at , np’ least one np’ is linked to a oring nucleotide via phosphorothioate linkage, the sense strand comprises at least one phosphorothioate linkage, and the sense strand is ated to one or more GalNAc derivatives attached through a bivalent or trivalent branched linker.

In one embodiment, when the RNAi agent is represented by formula (IIIa), the Na modifications are ethyl or 2’—fluoro modifications >0 and at least one np’ is linked , np’ to a neighboring nucleotide via phosphorothioate linkage, the sense strand comprises at least one phosphorothioate linkage, and the sense strand is conjugated to one or more GalNAc derivatives ed through a bivalent or trivalent branched linker.

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent is a multimer containing at least two duplexes represented by formula (III), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), and (IIId), wherein the duplexes are connected by a linker. The linker can be ble or non—cleavable. ally, the multimer r ses a ligand. Each of the duplexes can target the same gene or two differQenes; or each of the es can target same gene at two different target sites. ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM In one embodiment, the RNAi agent is a multimer containing three, four, five, six or more duplexes represented by formula (III), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), and (IIId), n the duplexes are connected by a linker. The linker can be cleavable or non—cleavable.

Optionally, the multimer r comprises a ligand. Each of the duplexes can target the same gene or two different genes; or each of the duplexes can target same gene at two different target sites.

In one embodiment, two RNAi agents represented by a (III), (Illa), (IIIb), (IIIc), and (IIId) are linked to each other at the 5’ end, and one or both of the 3’ ends and are optionally conjugated to to a ligand. Each of the agents can target the same gene or two different genes; or each of the agents can target same gene at two different target sites.

Various publications describe multimeric RNAi agents that can be used in the methods of the invention. Such publications include W02007/091269, US Patent No. 9, W02010/141511, /117686, W02009/014887 and W02011/031520 the entire contents of each of which are hereby orated herein by reference.

The RNAi agent that contains conjugations of one or more carbohydrate moieties to a RNAi agent can optimize one or more properties of the RNAi agent. In many cases, the carbohydrate moiety will be attached to a modified subunit of the RNAi agent. For example, the ribose sugar of one or more ribonucleotide subunits of a dsRNA agent can be replaced with another moiety, 6.57., a non—carbohydrate (preferably cyclic) carrier to which is attached a carbohydrate ligand. A ribonucleotide subunit in which the ribose sugar of the t has been so replaced is referred to herein as a ribose replacement modification subunit (RRMS).

A cyclic carrier may be a carbocyclic ring system, i.e., all ring atoms are carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic ring system, i.e., one or more ring atoms may be a heteroatom, e.g., nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur. The cyclic carrier may be a monocyclic ring system, or may contain two or more rings, e.g. fused rings. The cyclic carrier may be a fully saturated ring system, or it may contain one or more double bonds.

The ligand may be attached to the polynucleotide via a carrier. The carriers include (i) at least one “backbone attachment ” ably two “backbone attachment points” and (ii) at least one “tethering attachment point.” A “backbone attachment point” as used herein refers to a functional group, e.g. a hydroxyl group, or generally, a bond available for, and that is le for incorporation of the carrier into the backbone, e.g., the phosphate, or modified phosphate, e.g., sulfur containing, backbone, of a ribonucleic acid. A ring attachment point” (TAP) in some embodiments refers to a constituent ring atom of the cyclic carrier, e.g. , a carbon atom or a atom nct from an atom which provides a backbone attachment point), that connects a selected moiety. The moiety can be, 6.57., a carbohydrate, e.g. monosaccharide, disaccharide, trisaccharide, tetrasaccharide, oligosaccharide and polysaccharide. Optionally, the selected moiety is connected by an intervening tether to the cyclicDrier. Thus, the cyclic carrier will often include a functional group, 6.57., an amino [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM group, or generally, provide a bond, that is suitable for incorporation or tethering of another chemical entity, e.g., a ligand to the constituent ring.

The RNAi agents may be conjugated to a ligand via a carrier, wherein the carrier can be cyclic group or acyclic group; preferably, the cyclic group is selected from pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, ioxolane, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, alinyl, pyridazinonyl, tetrahydrofuryl and and decalin; preferably, the c group is selected from l backbone or diethanolamine ne.

In certain specific embodiments, the RNAi agent for use in the methods of the invention is an agent selected from the group of agents listed in any one of Tables 1, 2, 5, and These agents may further comprise a ligand.

A. Ligands The double—stranded RNA (dsRNA) agents of the invention may optionally be conjugated to one or more ligands. The ligand can be ed to the sense strand, antisense strand or both strands, at the 3’—end, 5’—end or both ends. For instance, the ligand may be conjugated to the sense strand. In preferred embodiments, the ligand is ted to the 3’— end of the sense strand. In one preferred ment, the ligand is a GalNAc ligand. In particularly preferred embodiments, the ligand is GalNAC3: O H H HO O ACHN O\/\/\n/N\/\/N OH K HO o H H AcHN \/\/\n/ \/\/ %}M” O O O Ho 0 N’\\/”\N o AcHN \“/\\//\I§’H H In some embodiments, the ligand, e.g., GalNAc ligand, is attached to the 3’ end of the RNAi agent. In one ment, the RNAi agent is conjugated to the ligand, e.g., GalNAc ligand, as shown in the following schematic ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM wherein X is O or S. In one embodiment, X is O.

A wide variety of entities can be coupled to the RNAi agents of the present invention. red moieties are ligands, which are d, preferably covalently, either directly or indirectly via an intervening .

In preferred embodiments, a ligand alters the distribution, targeting or lifetime of the molecule into which it is incorporated. In preferred ments a ligand provides an enhanced ty for a selected target, e.g., le, cell or cell type, compartment, receptor 6.57., a cellular or organ compartment, tissue, organ or region of the body, as, 6.57., compared to a species absent such a . Ligands providing ed ty for a selected target are also termed targeting ligands.

Some ligands can have endosomolytic properties. The endosomolytic ligands promote the lysis of the endosome and/or transport of the ition of the invention, or its components, from the endosome to the cytoplasm of the cell. The endosomolytic ligand may be a polyanionic peptide or peptidomimetic which shows pH—dependent membrane activity and fusogenicity. In one embodiment, the endosomolytic ligand assumes its active conformation at endosomal pH. The “active” conformation is that conformation in which the endosomolytic ligand promotes lysis of the endosome and/or transport of the composition of the invention, or its components, from the endosome to the cytoplasm of the cell. Exemplary endosomolytic ligands include the GALA peptide (Subbarao et al., Biochemistry, 1987, 26: 2964—2972), the EALA peptide (Vogel et al., J. Am. Chem. 500., 1996, 118: 1581—1586), and their tives (Turk et al., m. Biophys. Acta, 2002, 1559: 56-68). In one embodiment, the endosomolytic component may contain a chemical group (e.g., an amino acid) which will undergo a change in charge or protonation in response to a change in pH.

The endosomolytic component may be linear or branched.

Ligands can improve transport, hybridization, and specificity properties and may also improve nuclease resistance of the resultant natural or modified oligoribonucleotide, or a polymeric molecule comprising any combination of monomers described herein and/or natural or modified ribonucleotides.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Ligands in general can include therapeutic ers, e.g., for ing uptake; diagnostic nds or reporter groups 6.57., for monitoring distribution; cross—linking agents; and nuclease—resistance conferring moieties. General examples include lipids, steroids, Vitamins, , proteins, peptides, polyamines, and peptide mimics.

Ligands can include a naturally occurring substance, such as a protein (e.g., human serum albumin (HSA), low—density lipoprotein (LDL), high—density lipoprotein (HDL), or globulin); a carbohydrate (e.g., a dextran, pullulan, chitin, chitosan, , extrin or hyaluronic acid); or a lipid. The ligand may also be a recombinant or synthetic molecule, such as a synthetic r, e.g., a synthetic polyamino acid, an oligonucleotide (e.g., an r). Examples of polyamino acids include polyamino acid is a polylysine (PLL), poly L—aspartic acid, poly amic acid, styrene—maleic acid anhydride copolymer, poly(L— lactide—co—glycolied) copolymer, diVinyl ether—maleic anhydride copolymer, N—(2— hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide copolymer (HMPA), polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyVinyl alcohol (PVA), polyurethane, —ethylacryllic acid), N—isopropylacrylamide polymers, or polyphosphazine. Example of polyamines e: polyethylenimine, polylysine (PLL), spermine, spermidine, ine, pseudopeptide—polyamine, peptidomimetic polyamine, dendrimer polyamine, arginine, e, protamine, cationic lipid, cationic rin, quaternary salt of a polyamine, or an alpha helical peptide.

Ligands can also include targeting groups, 6.57., a cell or tissue targeting agent, 6.57., a lectin, glycoprotein, lipid or protein, e.g., an antibody, that binds to a specified cell type such as a kidney cell. A targeting group can be a thyrotropin, melanotropin, lectin, glycoprotein, surfactant protein A, Mucin carbohydrate, alent lactose, multivalent galactose, N— acetyl—galactosamine, N—acetyl—gulucosamine multivalent mannose, multivalent fucose, glycosylated polyaminoacids, multivalent galactose, transferrin, bisphosphonate, polyglutamate, polyaspartate, a lipid, terol, a steroid, bile acid, folate, Vitamin B12, biotin, an RGD peptide, an RGD peptide mimetic or an r.

Other examples of ligands include dyes, intercalating agents (e.g., acridines), cross— linkers (e.g., psoralene, mitomycin C), porphyrins (TPPC4, yrin, Sapphyrin), polycyclic aromatic arbons (e.g., phenazine, dihydrophenazine), artificial endonucleases or a or (e.g., EDTA), lipophilic molecules, e.g., cholesterol, cholic acid, adamantane acetic acid, l—pyrene butyric acid, otestosterone, l,3—Bis— O(hexadecyl)glycerol, geranyloxyhexyl group, hexadecylglycerol, bomeol, menthol, l,3— propanediol, heptadecyl group, palmitic acid, myristic acid,O3—(oleoyl)lithocholic acid, 03— (oleoyl)cholenic acid, dimethoxytrityl, or phenoxazine)and peptide conjugates (e.g., antennapedia peptide, Tat peptide), alkylating agents, phosphate, amino, mercapto, PEG (e.g., PEG—40K), MPEG, 2, polyamino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, radiolabeled s, enzymes, haptens (e.g., biotin), transport/absorption facilitators (e.g., aspirin, Vitamin E, folic acid),Dthetic ribonucleases (e.g., imidazole, bisimidazole, histamine, imidazole clusters, [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM acridine—imidazole conjugates, Eu3+ complexes of tetraazamacrocycles), dinitrophenyl, HRP, or AP.

Ligands can be proteins, e.g., glycoproteins, or peptides, e.g., molecules having a specific affinity for a co—ligand, or antibodies 6.57., an antibody, that binds to a specified cell type such as a cancer cell, endothelial cell, or bone cell. Ligands may also include hormones and hormone receptors. They can also include non—peptidic species, such as lipids, lectins, ydrates, vitamins, cofactors, multivalent lactose, alent galactose, N—acetyl— galactosamine, N—acetyl—gulucosamine multivalent mannose, multivalent fucose, or rs.

The ligand can be, for example, a lipopolysaccharide, an tor of p38 MAP kinase, or an activator of NF-KB.

The ligand can be a substance, 6.57., a drug, which can increase the uptake of the iRNA agent into the cell, for example, by disrupting the cell’s cytoskeleton, 6.57., by disrupting the cell’s ubules, microfilaments, and/or intermediate filaments. The drug can be, for example, taxon, vincristine, vinblastine, cytochalasin, nocodazole, japlakinolide, latrunculin A, phalloidin, swinholide A, indanocine, or vin.

The ligand can increase the uptake of the ucleotide into the cell by, for example, activating an inflammatory response. Exemplary ligands that would have such an effect include tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNFalpha), interleukin—1 beta, or gamma interferon.

In one aspect, the ligand is a lipid or lipid—based molecule. Such a lipid or lipid— based molecule preferably binds a serum protein, e.g., human serum albumin (HSA). An HSA binding ligand allows for distribution of the conjugate to a target tissue, 6.57., a non— kidney target tissue of the body. For example, the target tissue can be the liver, including parenchymal cells of the liver. Other molecules that can bind HSA can also be used as ligands. For example, naproxen or n can be used. A lipid or lipid—based ligand can (a) increase ance to degradation of the conjugate, (b) increase targeting or transport into a target cell or cell membrane, and/or (c) can be used to adjust binding to a serum protein, e.g., HSA.

A lipid based ligand can be used to modulate, e.g., control the binding of the conjugate to a target tissue. For example, a lipid or lipid—based ligand that binds to HSA more strongly will be less likely to be targeted to the kidney and therefore less likely to be d from the body. A lipid or lipid—based ligand that binds to HSA less strongly can be used to target the conjugate to the kidney.

In a preferred embodiment, the lipid based ligand binds HSA. Preferably, it binds HSA with a ient affinity such that the conjugate will be preferably distributed to a non— kidney . However, it is preferred that the affinity not be so strong that the HSA—ligand g cannot be reversed.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM In another preferred embodiment, the lipid based ligand binds HSA weakly or not at all, such that the ate will be preferably buted to the kidney. Other moieties that target to kidney cells can also be used in place of or in addition to the lipid based ligand.

In another aspect, the ligand is a moiety, e.g. a vitamin, which is taken up by a target cell, 6.57., a erating cell. These are particularly useful for treating disorders characterized by unwanted cell proliferation, 6.57., of the malignant or non—malignant type, e.g., cancer cells. Exemplary vitamins include vitamin A, E, and K. Other exemplary vitamins include B vitamins, e.g., folic acid, B12, riboflavin, biotin, pyridoxal or other vitamins or nutrients taken up by cancer cells. Also ed are HAS, low density lipoprotein (LDL) and high—density lipoprotein (HDL).

In r aspect, the ligand is a cell—permeation agent, preferably a helical cell— permeation agent. Preferably, the agent is amphipathic. An exemplary agent is a peptide such as tat or antennopedia. If the agent is a peptide, it can be modified, including a peptidylmimetic, invertomers, non—peptide or pseudo—peptide linkages, and use of D—amino acids. The helical agent is preferably an alpha—helical agent, which ably has a lipophilic and a lipophobic phase.

The ligand can be a peptide or peptidomimetic. A omimetic (also referred to herein as an oligopeptidomimetic) is a molecule capable of g into a defined three— dimensional structure similar to a natural peptide. The peptide or peptidomimetic moiety can be about 5—50 amino acids long, e.g., about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 amino acids long. A peptide or peptidomimetic can be, for example, a cell permeation peptide, cationic peptide, amphipathic peptide, or hydrophobic peptide (e.g., consisting primarily of Tyr, Trp or Phe). The peptide moiety can be a dendrimer peptide, constrained peptide or crosslinked peptide. In another alternative, the peptide moiety can include a hydrophobic membrane translocation sequence (MTS). An exemplary hydrophobic ntaining peptide is RFGF having the amino acid sequence AAVALLPAVLLALLAP (SEQ ID NO:29). An RFGF ue (e.g., amino acid ce AALLPVLLAAP (SEQ ID NO:30)) containing a hydrophobic MTS can also be a targeting moiety. The peptide moiety can be a “delivery” e, which can carry large polar molecules including peptides, oligonucleotides, and protein across cell membranes. For example, ces from the HIV Tat protein (GRKKRRQRRRPPQ; SEQ ID NO:31) and the Drosophila Antennapedia protein (RQIKIWFQNRRMKWKK; SEQ ID NO:32) have been found to be capable of functioning as delivery peptides. A peptide or peptidomimetic can be encoded by a random sequence of DNA, such as a peptide identified from a phage—display library, or ad—one—compound (OBOC) combinatorial library (Lam et al., Nature, 354:82—84, 1991). ably the peptide or peptidomimetic tethered to an iRNA agent via an incorporated monomer unit is a cell targeting peptide such as an arginine—glycine—aspartic acid (RGD)—peptide, or RGD mimic. A peptirnoiety can range in length from about 5 amino acids to about 40 amino acids. The [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM peptide moieties can have a structural cation, such as to increase stability or direct conformational properties. Any of the structural modifications described below can be utilized.An RGD e moiety can be used to target a tumor cell, such as an endothelial tumor cell or a breast cancer tumor cell (Zitzmann et al. Cancer Res. , , 62:5139—43, 2002).

An RGD peptide can facilitate targeting of an iRNA agent to tumors of a variety of other tissues, including the lung, kidney, spleen, or liver (Aoki et al., Cancer Gene Therapy 8:783— 787, 2001). Preferably, the RGD peptide will facilitate targeting of an iRNA agent to the kidney. The RGD peptide can be linear or cyclic, and can be modified, eg. , glycosylated or methylated to facilitate targeting to specific tissues. For example, a glycosylated RGD peptide can deliver an iRNA agent to a tumor cell expressing (xx/B3 (Haubner et al., Joar.

Nucl. Med., —336, 2001). Peptides that target s enriched in proliferating cells can be used. For example, RGD containing peptides and peptidomimetics can target cancer cells, in particular cells that exhibit an integrin. Thus, one could use RGD peptides, cyclic peptides containing RGD, RGD peptides that include D—amino acids, as well as synthetic RGD . In addition to RGD, one can use other moieties that target the in ligand.

Generally, such ligands can be used to control proliferating cells and angiogeneis. Preferred conjugates of this type of ligand target PECAM—l, VEGF, or other cancer gene, e. g., a cancer gene described herein.

A “cell permeation peptide” is e of ting a cell, e.g., a microbial cell, such as a bacterial or fungal cell, or a ian cell, such as a human cell. A ial cell—permeating peptide can be, for example, an a—helical linear peptide (e.g., LL—37 or Ceropin Pl), a disulfide bond—containing peptide (e.g., or —defensin, B—defensin or bactenecin), or a peptide containing only one or two dominating amino acids (e.g., PR—39 or indolicidin).

A cell permeation peptide can also e a r localization signal (NLS). For example, a cell permeation peptide can be a bipartite amphipathic peptide, such as MPG, which is derived from the fusion peptide domain of HIV—1 gp41 and the NLS of SV40 large T antigen (Simeoni et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 31:2717—2724, 2003).

In one embodiment, a targeting peptide can be an amphipathic a—helical peptide.

Exemplary amphipathic a—helical es include, but are not limited to, ins, lycotoxins, paradaxins, buforin, CPF, bombinin—like peptide (BLP), cathelicidins, ceratotoxins, S. clava peptides, hagfish intestinal antimicrobial peptides (HFIAPs), magainines, brevinins—2, dermaseptins, ins, pleurocidin, H2A es, Xenopus peptides, esculentinis—l, and caerins. A number of factors will preferably be considered to in the integrity of helix stability. For example, a maximum number of helix stabilization residues will be utilized (e.g., leu, ala, or lys), and a minimum number helix destabilization residues will be ed (e.g. or cyclic ric units. The , proline, capping residue will be considered (for example Gly is an exemplary N—capping residue and/therminal amidation can be used to provide an extra H—bond to stabilize the helix.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Formation of salt bridges between residues with te charges, separated by i i 3, or i i 4 positions can provide stability. For example, cationic residues such as lysine, arginine, homo—arginine, ornithine or histidine can form salt bridges with the anionic residues glutamate or aspartate.

Peptide and peptidomimetic s include those having naturally occurring or modified peptides, e.g., D or L peptides; 0t, [3, or y peptides; yl peptides; azapeptides; peptides having one or more amide, i.e., e, linkages ed with one or more urea, thiourea, carbamate, or sulfonyl urea linkages; or cyclic peptides.

The targeting ligand can be any ligand that is capable of ing a specific or.

Examples are: folate, GalNAc, galactose, mannose, mannose—6P, rs of sugars such as GalNAc cluster, mannose cluster, galactose cluster, or an apatamer. A cluster is a combination of two or more sugar units. The targeting ligands also include integrin receptor ligands, ine receptor ligands, transferrin, biotin, serotonin receptor ligands, PSMA, endothelin, GCPII, somatostatin, LDL and HDL ligands. The ligands can also be based on nucleic acid, 6.57., an aptamer. The aptamer can be unmodified or have any combination of modifications disclosed herein.

Endosomal release agents include imidazoles, poly or midazoles, PEIs, peptides, nic peptides, polycaboxylates, polyacations, masked oligo or poly cations or anions, acetals, polyacetals, ketals/polyketyals, orthoesters, polymers with masked or unmasked cationic or anionic charges, dendrimers with masked or unmasked cationic or anionic charges.

PK modulator stands for pharmacokinetic modulator. PK modulators include lipophiles, bile acids, ds, phospholipid analogues, es, protein binding agents, PEG, ns etc. Examplary PK modulators include, but are not limited to, cholesterol, fatty acids, cholic acid, lithocholic acid, dialkylglycerides, diacylglyceride, phospholipids, sphingolipids, naproxen, ibuprofen, vitamin E, biotin etc. Oligonucleotides that comprise a number of phosphorothioate linkages are also known to bind to serum protein, thus short oligonucleotides, e.g., oligonucleotides of about 5 bases, 10 bases, 15 bases or 20 bases, comprising multiple phosphorothioate es in the backbaone are also amenable to the present invention as s (e.g., as PK modulating ligands).

In addition, aptamers that bind serum components (e.g., serum proteins) are also amenable to the present invention as PK modulating ligands.

Other ligand conjugates amenable to the invention are described in US. Patent Applications USSN: 10/916,185, filed August 10, 2004; USSN: 10/946,873, filed September 21, 2004; USSN: 10/833,934, filed August 3, 2007; USSN: 11/115,989 filed April 27, 2005 and USSN: 11/944,227 filed November 21, 2007, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM When two or more ligands are present, the ligands can all have same properties, all have different properties or some s have the same properties while others have different properties. For example, a ligand can have targeting ties, have endosomolytic activity or have PK ting properties. In a preferred embodiment, all the ligands have different properties.

Ligands can be coupled to the oligonucleotides at various places, for example, , ’—end, and/or at an internal position. In preferred embodiments, the ligand is attached to the oligonucleotides via an intervening tether, 6.57., a carrier described herein. The ligand or tethered ligand may be present on a monomer when the monomer is incorporated into the growing strand. In some embodiments, the ligand may be incorporated via coupling to a “precursor” monomer after the “precursor” r has been incorporated into the growing strand. For e, a monomer having, e.g., an amino—terminated tether (i. 6., having no associated ), e.g., TAP—(CH2)HNH2 may be incorporated into a growing oligonucelotide strand. In a subsequent operation, i.e., after incorporation of the precursor monomer into the strand, a ligand having an electrophilic group, e.g. , a pentafluorophenyl ester or aldehyde group, can uently be attached to the precursor monomer by coupling the electrophilic group of the ligand with the terminal nucleophilic group of the precursor monomer’ s tether.

In another example, a monomer having a chemical group suitable for taking part in Click Chemistry reaction may be incorporated, e.g. an azide or alkyne terminated tether/linker. In a subsequent operation, i.e., after oration of the precursor monomer into the strand, a ligand having mentary chemical group, e.g. an alkyne or azide can be attached to the precursor monomer by ng the alkyne and the azide together.

For double— stranded oligonucleotides, ligands can be attached to one or both strands.

In some embodiments, a double—stranded iRNA agent contains a ligand ated to the sense strand. In other embodiments, a double—stranded iRNA agent contains a ligand conjugated to the antisense strand.

In some embodiments, ligand can be conjugated to nucleobases, sugar moieties, or intemucleosidic linkages of nucleic acid molecules. Conjugation to purine nucleobases or derivatives thereof can occur at any position including, endocyclic and lic atoms. In some embodiments, the 2—, 6—, 7—, or 8—positions of a purine nucleobase are attached to a conjugate moiety. Conjugation to pyrimidine nucleobases or derivatives thereof can also occur at any on. In some embodiments, the 2—, 5—, and 6—positions of a pyrimidine base can be tuted with a conjugate moiety. Conjugation to sugar moieties of nucleosides can occur at any carbon atom. Example carbon atoms of a sugar moiety that can be attached to a conjugate moiety include the 2', 3', and 5' carbon atoms. The 1' position can also be attached to a conjugate moiety, such as in an abasic residue. Intemucleosidic linkages can also bear conjugate moieties. For phosphorus—containing linkages (e.g. , phosphodiester, phospDDthioate, phosphorodithiotate, phosphoroamidate, and the like), the conjugate [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM moiety can be attached directly to the phosphorus atom or to an O, N, or S atom bound to the phosphorus atom. For amine— or amide—containing intemucleosidic linkages (e.g., PNA), the conjugate moiety can be attached to the nitrogen atom of the amine or amide or to an nt carbon atom.

Any suitable ligand in the field of RNA erence may be used, although the ligand is typically a carbohydrate e.g. ccharide (such as ), disaccharide, trisaccharide, tetrasaccharide, polysaccharide.

Linkers that conjugate the ligand to the nucleic acid include those discussed above.

For example, the ligand can be one or more GalNAc (N—acetylglucosamine) derivatives attached through a bivalent or trivalent ed linker.

In one embodiment, the dsRNA of the invention is conjugated to a bivalent and trivalent branched linkers include the structures shown in any of formula (IV) — (VII): P2A_Q2A_R2A, T2A_L2A T3A_L3A q /[/P3A_Q3A_R3A, 3A P2B_QZB-RZB I TZB_LZB 2B Q3B_R3B ]?T3B_L3B q q Formula (IV) Formula (V) P5A_Q5A_R5A T5A_L5A A_R4A, T4A_L4A q5A q4A P5B_Q5B_R5B]5_BT5B_L53 P4B-QA'B-R4B jfiT‘m—L‘1E3 P5C_Q5C_R5CququL50 Formula (VI) Formula (VII) wherein: qZA, qZB, q3A, q3B, q4A, q4B, qSA, q513 and q5C represent independently for each occurrence 0—20 and wherein the repeating unit can be the same or different; PZA’ PZB, P3A’ P33, P4A, P43, PSA, PSB, Psc’ TZA’ T23, T3A’ T33, T4A’ T43, T4A’ TSB, Tsc are each independently for each occurrence absent, CO, NH, O, S, OC(O), NHC(O), CH2, CHZNH or CHZO; QZA, QZB, Q3A, Q33, Q4A, Q43, QSA, Q53, Q5C are independently for each occurrence , alkylene, substituted alkylene wherin one or more methylenes can be interrupted or terminated by one or more of O, S, S(O), S02, N(RN), C(R”), CEC or C(O); RZA, RZB, R3A, R33, R“, R413, RSA, R53, R5C are each independently for each occurrence absent, NH, O, S, CH2, C(O)O, C(O)NH, NHCH(Ra)C(O), —C(O)—CH(Ra)—NH—, [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM CO, 8, r“ WW,S—WSWorheterocyclyl;:fiWWW>< v“ LZA, LZB, L3A, L3B , L4A , L4B , L5ALSB and L5C represent the ligand; i.e. each, independently for each occurrence a monosaccharide (such as Ga1NAc), disaccharide, trisaccharide, tetrasaccharide, oligosaccharide, or polysaccharide; and Ra is H or amino acid side chain.

Trivalent conjugating Ga1NAc tives are ularly useful for use with RNAi agents for inhibiting the expression of a target gene, such as those of formula (VII): P5A_Q5A_R5A I T5A_L5A P5B—Q5B—R5B 157T53_L55 P5C_Q5C_R5C ]?T5C_LSC Formula (V11) wherein LSA, L5B and L5C represent a monosaccharide, such as Ga1NAc derivative.

Examples of suitable bivalent and trivalent branched linker groups conjugating Ga1NAc derivatives include, but are not limited to, the following compounds: O H I§IO{IOOAcHN O\/\/\[(])/N\/\/N O OH K IO f >0IZ [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM HO HO “0%HO O O\/\O/\/O\/\N/g HO HoO H HOHofim‘— O\/\O/\/O\/\N’(\/OoJ/INW HO HO HO O m&HO r O\/\O/\/O\/\N O HO HO O\/\O/\/O\/\N HO HoO H HOH6§Qv- HO HO H O 0 HowHO i O\/\O/\/O\/\N O HO HO E g O o\/\o 0 NHAc H0 0\/\0/\/0 ko NHAc OH \ HO OH O jNM O HO \/0 Ho&/o\/\OfHO NHAc NHAc HO OH HO OH H O O HO O\/\/\__ HO O\/\/\n/N O HO OH NHAc NHAC O HO OH HOégo 0M0 NHACHO O O\/\/\n/NH HO&/O\/\)OH NHAc [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM o 0 HOfl J: AcHN H ,or HO OH o H OM /\/\/\,N O HO N Tr AcHN H o HO OH HO%O\/\)?\ Hm TON O ACHN HO OH o O H o OMNWJL HO N O AcHN H Representative US. patents that teach the preparation of RNA conjugates include, but are not limited to, US. Pat. Nos. 4,828,979; 4,948,882; 5,218,105; 5,525,465; 5,541,313; 730; 5,552,538; 5,578,717, 5,580,731; 5,591,584; 5,109,124; 5,118,802; 5,138,045; 5,414,077; 5,486,603; 5,512,439; 5,578,718; 5,608,046; 4,587,044; 4,605,735; 4,667,025; 4,762,779; 4,789,737; 4,824,941; 4,835,263; 4,876,335; 4,904,582; 4,958,013; 5,082,830; ,112,963; 136; 830; 5,112,963; 5,214,136; 5,245,022; 469; 5,258,506; ,262,536; 250; 5,292,873; 5,317,098; 5,371,241, 723; 5,416,203, 5,451,463; ,510,475; 5,512,667; 5,514,785; 5,565,552; 5,567,810; 5,574,142; 5,585,481; 5,587,371; 5,595,726; 5,597,696; 5,599,923; 5,599,928 and 5,688,941; 6,294,664; 6,320,017; 6,576,752; 6,783,931; 6,900,297; 7,037,646; 8,106,022, the entire ts of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. and ingis not necessary for all positions in a given compound to be uniformly modified,act more than one of the aforementioned modifications can be incorporated in a single [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM compound or even at a single nucleoside within an iRNA. The present invention also includes iRNA nds that are chimeric compounds.

“Chimeric” iRNA compounds or “chimeras,” in the context of this invention, are iRNA compounds, preferably dsRNAs, which contain two or more chemically distinct regions, each made up of at least one monomer unit, i.e., a nucleotide in the case of a dsRNA compound. These iRNAs typically contain at least one region wherein the RNA is modified so as to confer upon the iRNA increased resistance to nuclease degradation, increased cellular , and/or increased binding affinity for the target nucleic acid. An additional region of the iRNA can serve as a substrate for enzymes capable of cleaving RNA:DNA or RNA:RNA hybrids. By way of example, RNase H is a cellular endonuclease which cleaves the RNA strand of an RNA:DNA duplex. Activation of RNase H, therefore, results in ge of the RNA target, y greatly enhancing the efficiency of iRNA inhibition of gene expression.

Consequently, comparable results can often be obtained with shorter iRNAs when chimeric dsRNAs are used, compared to phosphorothioate deoxy dsRNAs hybridizing to the same target region. Cleavage of the RNA target can be routinely detected by gel electrophoresis and, if necessary, associated nucleic acid hybridization techniques known in the art.

In certain instances, the RNA of an iRNA can be modified by a non—ligand group. A number of non—ligand molecules have been ated to iRNAs in order to e the activity, cellular bution or cellular uptake of the iRNA, and ures for performing such conjugations are available in the scientific literature. Such non—ligand moieties have included lipid moieties, such as cholesterol (Kubo, T. et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm, 2007, 365(1):54—61; Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989, 86:6553), cholic acid (Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 1994, 4:1053), a thioether, e. g., hexyl—S— tritylthiol aran et al., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1992, 660:306; Manoharan et al., Bioorg.

Med. Chem. Let., 1993, 3:2765), a thiocholesterol (Oberhauser et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 1992, :533), an aliphatic chain, e.g., dodecandiol or l residues (Saison—Behmoaras et al., EMBO J., 1991, 10:111; Kabanov et al., FEBS Lett., 1990, 259:327; chuk et al., Biochimie, 1993, 75:49), a olipid, e. g., di—hexadecyl—rac—glycerol or triethylammonium 1,2—di—O—hexadecyl—rac—glycero—3—H—phosphonate (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36:3651; Shea et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 1990, 18:3777), a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain (Manoharan et al., Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 1995, 14:969), or adamantane acetic acid (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36:3651), a palmityl moiety (Mishra et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264:229), or an octadecylamine or hexylamino—carbonyl—oxycholesterol moiety e et al., J. col. Exp. Ther., 1996, 277:923). entative United States patents that teach the preparation of such RNA conjugates have been listed above. Typical ation protocols involve the synthesis of an RNAs g an aminolinker at one or more positions of the sequence. The amino group is then rned with the molecule being conjugated using appropriate coupling or activating [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM reagents. The conjugation reaction can be performed either with the RNA still bound to the solid support or following cleavage of the RNA, in solution phase. Purification of the RNA conjugate by HPLC typically affords the pure conjugate.

In some embodiments, method double—stranded RNAi agent of the invention is selected from the group consisting of AD—58681, AD—59054, AD—61719, and AD—61444. 111. Delivery of an iRNA of the Invention The delivery of an iRNA agent of the invention to a cell e.g., a cell within a subject, such as a human subject (e.g., a subject in need thereof, such as a subject having a Serpinal deficiency—associated disorder, e.g., a al ency liver disorder) can be achieved in a number of different ways. For example, delivery may be performed by contacting a cell with an iRNA of the invention either in vitra or in viva. In viva delivery may also be performed directly by stering a composition comprising an iRNA, e. g., a dsRNA, to a subject.

Alternatively, in viva delivery may be performed indirectly by administering one or more s that encode and direct the expression of the iRNA. These alternatives are discussed further below.

In general, any method of delivering a c acid le (in vitra or in viva) can be adapted for use with an iRNA of the invention (see e.g., Akhtar S. and Julian RL. (1992) Trends Cell. Bial. 2(5): 139—144 and 2595, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties). For in viva delivery, factors to consider in order to deliver an iRNA molecule include, for example, biological ity of the delivered molecule, prevention of non—specific effects, and lation of the delivered molecule in the target tissue. The non—specific s of an iRNA can be minimized by local administration, for example, by direct injection or implantation into a tissue or topically administering the preparation. Local administration to a treatment site maximizes local concentration of the agent, limits the exposure of the agent to systemic s that can otherwise be harmed by the agent or that can degrade the agent, and permits a lower total dose of the iRNA molecule to be administered. Several studies have shown successful knockdown of gene products when an iRNA is administered locally. For example, intraocular delivery of a VEGF dsRNA by intravitreal injection in cynomolgus monkeys (Tolentino, MJ., et al (2004) Retina 24: 132— 138) and subretinal ions in mice (Reich, SJ., et al (2003) Mal. Vis. 9:210—216) were both shown to prevent neovascularization in an experimental model of age—related r ration. In addition, direct intratumoral injection of a dsRNA in mice s tumor volume (Pille, J et al (2005) Mal. Ther.11:267—274) and can prolong survival of tumor— bearing mice (Kim, WJ., et al (2006) Mal. Ther. 14:343—350; Li, S., et al (2007) Mal. Ther. :515—523). RNA interference has also shown success with local delivery to the CNS by direct injection (Dom, G., et al. (2004) Nucleic Acids 32:e49; Tan, PH., et al (2005) Gene Ther. D5966; Makimura, H., et al (2002) BMC Neurasci. 3:18; Shishkina, GT., et al (2004) [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Neuroscience 129:521—528; Thakker, ER., et al (2004) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 101:17270—17275; Akaneya,Y., et al (2005) J. hysiol. 93:594—602) and to the lungs by intranasal administration (Howard, KA., et al (2006) Mol. Ther. 14:476-484; Zhang, X., et al (2004) J. Biol. Chem. 279:10677—10684; Bitko, V., et al (2005) Nat. Med. 11:50—55). For administering an iRNA systemically for the treatment of a disease, the RNA can be modified or alternatively delivered using a drug delivery system; both methods act to prevent the rapid degradation of the dsRNA by endo— and exo—nucleases in vivo. Modification of the RNA or the pharmaceutical carrier can also permit ing of the iRNA composition to the target tissue and avoid rable off—target effects. iRNA molecules can be modified by chemical conjugation to lipophilic groups such as cholesterol to enhance cellular uptake and t degradation. For example, an iRNA directed against ApoB conjugated to a lipophilic cholesterol moiety was injected ically into mice and resulted in knockdown of apoB mRNA in both the liver and jejunum (Soutschek, J et al (2004) Nature 432: 173-178).

Conjugation of an iRNA to an aptamer has been shown to inhibit tumor growth and e tumor regression in a mouse model of prostate cancer (McNamara, J0., et al (2006) Nat. hnol. 24: 1005— 1015). In an alternative embodiment, the iRNA can be delivered using drug delivery systems such as a nanoparticle, a dendrimer, a polymer, liposomes, or a cationic delivery system. Positively charged cationic delivery systems facilitate binding of an iRNA molecule (negatively charged) and also enhance ctions at the negatively charged cell membrane to permit efficient uptake of an iRNA by the cell. Cationic lipids, dendrimers, or polymers can either be bound to an iRNA, or induced to form a vesicle or micelle (see e. 57., Kim SH., et al (2008) Journal of Controlled Release 129(2): 107—1 16) that s an iRNA.

The ion of vesicles or micelles further prevents degradation of the iRNA when administered systemically. s for making and stering cationic— iRNA complexes are well within the abilities of one d in the art (see e.g., Sorensen, DR., et al (2003) J.

Mol. Biol 327:761-766; Verma, UN., et al (2003) Clin. Cancer Res. 9:1291—1300; Arnold, AS et al (2007) J. Hypertens. 25: 197—205, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety). Some non—limiting examples of drug delivery systems useful for systemic delivery of iRNAs include DOTAP (Sorensen, DR., et al (2003), supra; Verma, UN., et al (2003), supra), Oligofectamine, "solid nucleic acid lipid particles" (Zimmermann, TS., et al (2006) Nature 441:111—114), cardiolipin (Chien, PY., et al (2005) Cancer Gene Ther. 12:321-328; Pal, A., et al (2005) Int J. Oncol. 26:1087—1091), polyethyleneimine (Bonnet ME., et al (2008) Pharm. Res. Aug 16 Epub ahead of print; Aigner, A. (2006) J. Biomed. Biotechnol. 71659), Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD) peptides (Liu, S. (2006) Mol. Pharm. 487), and polyamidoamines (Tomalia, DA., et al (2007) Biochem. Soc. Trans. 35:61—67; Yoo, H., et al (1999) Pharm. Res. 16: 1799—1804). In some embodiments, an iRNA forms a complex with cyclodextrin for ic administration. Methods for administration and pharmaceutical [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM compositions of iRNAs and extrins can be found in US. Patent No. 7,427,605, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.

A. Vector encoded iRNAs of the Invention iRNA targeting the Serpinal gene can be expressed from transcription units inserted into DNA or RNA vectors (see, e.g., Couture, A, et al., TIG. , 12:5—10; Skillern, A., et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 00/22113, Conrad, International PCT Publication No.

WO 00/22114, and Conrad, US. Pat. No. 6,054,299). Expression can be transient (on the order of hours to weeks) or sustained (weeks to months or longer), depending upon the specific construct used and the target tissue or cell type. These transgenes can be introduced as a linear construct, a circular plasmid, or a viral vector, which can be an integrating or non— ating vector. The ene can also be constructed to permit it to be inherited as an extrachromosomal d (Gassmann, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1995) 92:1292).

The individual strand or strands of an iRNA can be transcribed from a promoter on an expression . Where two separate strands are to be expressed to te, for example, a dsRNA, two te expression vectors can be co—introduced (e.g., by transfection or infection) into a target cell. Alternatively each individual strand of a dsRNA can be transcribed by promoters both of which are located on the same expression d. In one embodiment, a dsRNA is expressed as inverted repeat polynucleotides joined by a linker polynucleotide sequence such that the dsRNA has a stem and loop ure. iRNA expression vectors are generally DNA ds or viral vectors. Expression vectors compatible with eukaryotic cells, preferably those compatible with vertebrate cells, can be used to produce recombinant constructs for the expression of an iRNA as described herein. Eukaryotic cell expression vectors are well known in the art and are available from a number of commercial sources. Typically, such vectors are provided containing convenient restriction sites for insertion of the desired nucleic acid segment. Delivery of iRNA expressing vectors can be systemic, such as by intravenous or intramuscular administration, by administration to target cells ex—planted from the patient followed by reintroduction into the t, or by any other means that allows for introduction into a desired target cell. iRNA expression plasmids can be transfected into target cells as a complex with cationic lipid carriers (e. g., ectamine) or non—cationic based carriers (e.g., Transit— TKOTM). Multiple lipid transfections for iRNA—mediated knockdowns ing different regions of a target RNA over a period of a week or more are also contemplated by the ion. Successful uction of vectors into host cells can be monitored using various known methods. For example, transient transfection can be signaled with a reporter, such as a fluorescent marker, such as Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP). Stable transfection of cells ex vivo can be ensured using markers that e the transfected cell with resistance to specific environmental factors (e. g., antibiotics and drugs), such as hygromycin B resistance.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Viral vector systems which can be utilized with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, (a) adenovirus s; (b) retrovirus vectors, including but not limited to lentiviral s, moloney murine leukemia virus, etc.; (c) adeno— associated virus vectors; (d) herpes simplex virus vectors; (e) SV 40 vectors; (f) polyoma virus s; (g) oma virus vectors; (h) picomavirus vectors; (i) pox virus vectors such as an ox, e.g., vaccinia virus vectors or , e. g. canary pox or fowl pox; and (j) a helper—dependent or gutless adenovirus. Replication—defective viruses can also be advantageous. ent s will or will not become incorporated into the cells’ . The constructs can include viral sequences for transfection, if desired. Alternatively, the construct can be incorporated into vectors capable of episomal replication, e. g. EPV and EBV vectors. Constructs for the recombinant expression of an iRNA will generally require regulatory elements, e. g., promoters, enhancers, etc., to ensure the expression of the iRNA in target cells. Other aspects to consider for vectors and constructs are further described below.

Vectors useful for the ry of an iRNA will include regulatory elements (promoter, er, etc.) sufficient for expression of the iRNA in the desired target cell or tissue. The regulatory elements can be chosen to provide either constitutive or regulated/inducible expression.

Expression of the iRNA can be precisely regulated, for example, by using an inducible regulatory sequence that is sensitive to certain logical regulators, e.g., circulating glucose , or es (Docherty et al., 1994, FASEB J. 8:20—24). Such inducible expression systems, suitable for the control of dsRNA expression in cells or in mammals include, for example, regulation by ecdysone, by en, progesterone, tetracycline, chemical inducers of dimerization, and isopropyl—beta—Dl — thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG). A person skilled in the art would be able to choose the appropriate regulatory/promoter sequence based on the intended use of the iRNA transgene.

Viral vectors that contain nucleic acid sequences encoding an iRNA can be used. For example, a retroviral vector can be used (see Miller et al. , Meth. Enzymol. 217:581—599 ). These retroviral s contain the components necessary for the t packaging of the viral genome and integration into the host cell DNA. The nucleic acid sequences encoding an iRNA are cloned into one or more vectors, which facilitate delivery of the nucleic acid into a patient. More detail about retroviral vectors can be found, for example, in Boesen et al., Biotherapy 6:291—302 (1994), which describes the use of a retroviral vector to deliver the mdr1 gene to poietic stem cells in order to make the stem cells more resistant to chemotherapy. Other references illustrating the use of retroviral vectors in gene therapy are: Clowes et al., J. Clin. Invest. 93:644—651 ; Kiem et al., Blood 83:1467— 1473 (1994); Salmons and Gunzberg, Human Gene Therapy 4:129—141 (1993); and Grossman and Wilson, Curr. Opin. in Genetics and Devel. 3: 1 10—1 14 (1993). Lentiviral [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM vectors contemplated for use include, for example, the HIV based vectors described in US.

Patent Nos. 520; 5,665,557; and 5,981,276, which are herein incorporated by reference. iruses are also contemplated for use in delivery of iRNAs of the invention.

Adenoviruses are especially attractive vehicles, e. g., for delivering genes to respiratory epithelia. Adenoviruses naturally infect respiratory epithelia where they cause a mild disease.

Other targets for irus—based delivery systems are liver, the central nervous system, elial cells, and muscle. iruses have the advantage of being capable of infecting non—dividing cells. ky and Wilson, t Opinion in Genetics and pment 3:499—503 (1993) present a review of adenovirus—based gene therapy. Bout et al., Human Gene Therapy 5:3—10 (1994) demonstrated the use of adenovirus vectors to transfer genes to the respiratory epithelia of rhesus monkeys. Other ces of the use of adenoviruses in gene therapy can be found in Rosenfeld et al., e 252:431—434 (1991); Rosenfeld et al., Cell 68:143—155 (1992); Mastrangeli et al., J. Clin. Invest. 91:225—234 (1993); PCT Publication WO94/12649; and Wang, et al., Gene Therapy 2:775—783 (1995). A suitable AV vector for expressing an iRNA featured in the invention, a method for constructing the recombinant AV vector, and a method for delivering the vector into target cells, are described in Xia H et al. (2002), Nat. Biotech. 20: 1006—1010.

Adeno—associated virus (AAV) vectors may also be used to delivery an iRNA of the ion (Walsh et al., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 204:289—300 (1993); US. Pat. No. 5,436,146). In one embodiment, the iRNA can be expressed as two separate, complementary —stranded RNA molecules from a recombinant AAV vector having, for example, either the U6 or H1 RNA promoters, or the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter. Suitable AAV vectors for expressing the dsRNA featured in the invention, methods for constructing the recombinant AV vector, and methods for delivering the vectors into target cells are bed in Samulski R et al. (1987), J. Vir0l. 61: 3096-3101; Fisher K J et al. (1996), J. Vir0l, 70: 520—532; Samulski R et al. (1989), J. Viral. 63: 3822—3826; US. Pat. No. 5,252,479; US.

Pat. No. 5,139,941; International Patent Application No. W0 94/13788; and International Patent Application No. WO 93/24641, the entire disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference.

Another viral vector suitable for delivery of an iRNA of the inevtion is a pox virus such as a vaccinia virus, for example an attenuated vaccinia such as Modified Virus Ankara (MVA) or NYVAC, an avipox such as fowl pox or canary pox.

The tropism of viral vectors can be ed by pseudotyping the s with envelope proteins or other surface antigens from other s, or by substituting different viral capsid proteins, as appropriate. For example, lentiviral vectors can be pseudotyped with surface proteins from vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV), rabies, Ebola, Mokola, and the like.

AAV vectors can be made to target different cells by engineering the vectors to express ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ent capsid protein pes; see, e.g., witz J E et al. (2002), J Viral 76:791—801, the entire disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.

The pharmaceutical preparation of a vector can include the vector in an acceptable t, or can include a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded.

Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from inant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery . 111. Pharmaceutical Compositions of the ion The present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions and formulations which include the iRNAs of the invention. In one embodiment, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions containing an iRNA, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical compositions containing the iRNA are useful for treating a e or disorder associated with the expression or activity of a Serpinal gene, e.g., a al deficiency—associated disorder, e.g., a Serpinal deficiency liver disorder. Such pharmaceutical itions are formulated based on the mode of delivery. One example is compositions that are formulated for systemic administration via eral delivery, e.g., by intravenous (IV) delivery. Another example is compositions that are formulated for direct delivery into the brain parenchyma, e.g., by infusion into the brain, such as by continuous pump infusion.

The pharmaceutical compositions comprising RNAi agents of the invention may be, for example, solutions with or without a buffer, or compositions containing pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Such compositions include, for example, aqueous or crystalline compositions, liposomal formulations, micellar formulations, emulsions, and gene therapy vectors.

In the s of the invention, the RNAi agent may be stered in a solution. A free RNAi agent may be administered in an unbuffered solution, e.g., in saline or in water.

Alternatively, the free siRNA may also be administred in a suitable buffer solution. The buffer solution may se acetate, e, prolamine, carbonate, or phosphate, or any ation thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the buffer solution is phosphate buffered saline (PBS). The pH and osmolarity of the buffer solution containing the RNAi agent can be adjusted such that it is suitable for administering to a subject.

In some embodiments, the buffer solution further comprises an agent for controlling the osmolarity of the solution, such that the osmolarity is kept at a desired value, e.g., at the physiologic values of the human . Solutes which can be added to the buffer solution to control the osmolarity include, but are not limited to, proteins, peptides, amino acids, non— metabolized polymers, vitamins, ions, sugars, metabolites, organic acids, lipids, or salts. In some Dodiments, the agent for controlling the osmolarity of the solution is a salt. In [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM n embodiments, the agent for lling the osmolarity of the solution is sodium chloride or potassium chloride.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be administered in dosages sufficient to inhibit expression of a Serpinal gene. In general, a suitable dose of an iRNA of the invention Will be in the range of about 0.001 to about 200.0 milligrams per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day, generally in the range of about 1 to 50 mg per kilogram body weight per day. For example, the dsRNA can be administered at about 0.01 mg/kg, about 0.05 mg/kg, about 0.5 mg/kg, about 1 mg/kg, about 1.5 mg/kg, about 2 mg/kg, about 3 mg/kg, about 10 mg/kg, about 20 mg/kg, about 30 mg/kg, about 40 mg/kg, or about 50 mg/kg per single dose.

For example, the RNAi agent, e.g., dsRNA, may be administered at a dose of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, or about 10 mg/kg. Values and ranges ediate to the recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.

In another embodiment, the RNAi agent, e.g., dsRNA, is administered at a dose of about 0.1 to about 50 mg/kg, about 0.25 to about 50 mg/kg, about 0.5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 0.75 to about 50 mg/kg, about 1 to about 50 mg/mg, about 1.5 to about 50 mg/kb, about 2 to about 50 mg/kg, about 2.5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 3 to about 50 mg/kg, about 3.5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 4 to about 50 mg/kg, about 4.5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 7.5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 10 to about 50 mg/kg, about 15 to about 50 mg/kg, about 20 to about 50 mg/kg, about 20 to about 50 mg/kg, about 25 to about 50 mg/kg, about 25 to about 50 mg/kg, about 30 to about 50 mg/kg, about 35 to about 50 mg/kg, about 40 to about 50 mg/kg, about 45 to about 50 mg/kg, about 0.1 to about 45 mg/kg, about 0.25 to about 45 mg/kg, about 0.5 to about 45 mg/kg, about 0.75 to about 45 mg/kg, about 1 to about 45 mg/mg, about 1.5 to about 45 mg/kb, about 2 to about 45 mg/kg, about 2.5 to about 45 mg/kg, about 3 to about 45 mg/kg, about 3.5 to about 45 mg/kg, about 4 to about 45 mg/kg, about 4.5 to about 45 mg/kg, about 5 to about 45 mg/kg, about 7.5 to about 45 mg/kg, about to about 45 mg/kg, about 15 to about 45 mg/kg, about 20 to about 45 mg/kg, about 20 to about 45 mg/kg, about 25 to about 45 mg/kg, about 25 to about 45 mg/kg, about 30 to about 45 mg/kg, about 35 to about 45 mg/kg, about 40 to about 45 mg/kg, about 0.1 to about 40 mg/kg, about 0.25 to about 40 mg/kg, about 0.5 to about 40 mg/kg, about 0.75 to about 40 mg/kg, about 1 to about 40 mg/mg, about 1.5 to about 40 mg/kb, about 2 to about 40 mg/kg, about 2.5 to about 40 mg/kg, about 3 to about 40 mg/kg, about 3.5 to about 40 mg/kg, about 4 to about 40 mg/kg, about 4.5 to about 40 mg/kg, about 5 to about 40 mg/kg, about 7.5 to aboutDng/kg, about 10 to about 40 mg/kg, about 15 to about 40 mg/kg, about 20 to about [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM 40 mg/kg, about 20 to about 40 mg/kg, about 25 to about 40 mg/kg, about 25 to about 40 mg/kg, about 30 to about 40 mg/kg, about 35 to about 40 mg/kg, about 0.1 to about 30 mg/kg, about 0.25 to about 30 mg/kg, about 0.5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 0.75 to about 30 mg/kg, about 1 to about 30 mg/mg, about 1.5 to about 30 mg/kb, about 2 to about 30 mg/kg, about 2.5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 3 to about 30 mg/kg, about 3.5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 4 to about 30 mg/kg, about 4.5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 7.5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 10 to about 30 mg/kg, about 15 to about 30 mg/kg, about 20 to about mg/kg, about 20 to about 30 mg/kg, about 25 to about 30 mg/kg, about 0.1 to about 20 mg/kg, about 0.25 to about 20 mg/kg, about 0.5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 0.75 to about 20 mg/kg, about 1 to about 20 mg/mg, about 1.5 to about 20 mg/kb, about 2 to about 20 mg/kg, about 2.5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 3 to about 20 mg/kg, about 3.5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 4 to about 20 mg/kg, about 4.5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 7.5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 10 to about 20 mg/kg, or about 15 to about 20 mg/kg. Values and ranges intermediate to the recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.

For example, the RNAi agent, e.g., dsRNA, may be administered at a dose of about 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, .5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, or about 10 mg/kg. Values and ranges intermediate to the recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.

In another embodiment, the RNAi agent, sRNA, is stered at a dose of about 0.5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 0.75 to about 50 mg/kg, about 1 to about 50 mg/mg, about 1.5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 2 to about 50 mg/kg, about 2.5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 3 to about 50 mg/kg, about 3.5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 4 to about 50 mg/kg, about 4.5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 7.5 to about 50 mg/kg, about 10 to about 50 mg/kg, about 15 to about 50 mg/kg, about 20 to about 50 mg/kg, about 20 to about 50 mg/kg, about 25 to about 50 mg/kg, about 25 to about 50 mg/kg, about 30 to about 50 mg/kg, about 35 to about 50 mg/kg, about 40 to about 50 mg/kg, about 45 to about 50 mg/kg, about 0.5 to about 45 mg/kg, about 0.75 to about 45 mg/kg, about 1 to about 45 mg/mg, about 1.5 to about 45 mg/kb, about 2 to about 45 mg/kg, about 2.5 to about 45 mg/kg, about 3 to about 45 mg/kg, about 3.5 to about 45 mg/kg, about 4 to about 45 mg/kg, about 4.5 to about 45 mg/kg, about 5 to about 45 mg/kg, about 7.5 to about 45 mg/kg, about 10 to about 45 mg/kg, about 15 to about 45 mg/kg, about 20 to about 45 mg/kg, about 20 to about 45 mg/kg, about 25 to about 45 mg/kg, about 25 to about 45 mg/kg, about 30 to about 45 mg/kg, about 35 to about 45 mg/kg, about 40 to about 45 mg/kg, about 0.5 to about 40 mg/kg, about 0.75 to about 40 mg/kaout 1 to about 40 mg/mg, about 1.5 to about 40 mg/kb, about 2 to about 40 mg/kg, [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM about 2.5 to about 40 mg/kg, about 3 to about 40 mg/kg, about 3.5 to about 40 mg/kg, about 4 to about 40 mg/kg, about 4.5 to about 40 mg/kg, about 5 to about 40 mg/kg, about 7.5 to about 40 mg/kg, about 10 to about 40 mg/kg, about 15 to about 40 mg/kg, about 20 to about 40 mg/kg, about 20 to about 40 mg/kg, about 25 to about 40 mg/kg, about 25 to about 40 mg/kg, about 30 to about 40 mg/kg, about 35 to about 40 mg/kg, about 0.5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 0.75 to about 30 mg/kg, about 1 to about 30 mg/mg, about 1.5 to about 30 mg/kb, about 2 to about 30 mg/kg, about 2.5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 3 to about 30 mg/kg, about 3.5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 4 to about 30 mg/kg, about 4.5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 7.5 to about 30 mg/kg, about 10 to about 30 mg/kg, about 15 to about 30 mg/kg, about 20 to about 30 mg/kg, about 20 to about 30 mg/kg, about 25 to about mg/kg, about 0.5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 0.75 to about 20 mg/kg, about 1 to about 20 mg/mg, about 1.5 to about 20 mg/kb, about 2 to about 20 mg/kg, about 2.5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 3 to about 20 mg/kg, about 3.5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 4 to about 20 mg/kg, about 4.5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 7.5 to about 20 mg/kg, about 10 to about 20 mg/kg, or about 15 to about 20 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the dsRNA is administered at a dose of about 10mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg. Values and ranges intermediate to the recited values are also intended to be part of this ion.

For example, subjects can be administered a therapeutic amount of iRNA, such as about 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10, 10.5, 11, 11.5, 12, 12.5, 13, 13.5, 14, 14.5, 15, 15.5, 16, 16.5, 17, 17.5, 18, 18.5, 19, 19.5, 20, 20.5, 21, 21.5, 22, 22.5, 23, 23.5, 24, 24.5, 25, 25.5, 26, 26.5, 27, 27.5, 28, 28.5, 29, 29.5, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or about 50 mg/kg. Values and ranges intermediate to the recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.

In certain ments, for example, when a composition of the invention comprises a dsRNA as described herein and a lipid, subjects can be administered a therapeutic amount of iRNA, such as about 0.01 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 0.05 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 0.05 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 0.1 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 0.2 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 0.2 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 0.3 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 0.3 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 0.4 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 0.4 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 0.5 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 0.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 1 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 1.5 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 1.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 2 mg/kg to about about 2.5 mg/kg, about 2 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kflout 3 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 3 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 3.5 mg/kg [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM to about 5 mg/kg, about 4 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 4.5 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 4 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 4.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 5.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 6 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 6.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 7 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 7.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 8 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 8.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 9 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, or about 9.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg. Values and ranges intermediate to the recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.

For example, the dsRNA may be administered at a dose of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, .1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, or about 10 mg/kg. Values and ranges intermediate to the recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.

In certain embodiments of the ion, for example, when a double—stranded RNAi agent includes modifications (e.g., one or more motifs of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides, including one such motif at or near the cleavage site of the agent), siX orothioate linkages, and a ligand, such an agent is administered at a dose of about 0.01 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.01 to about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.01 to about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.01 to about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.01 to about 0.1 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.09 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.08 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.07 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.06 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.05 mg/kg, about 0.02 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.02 to about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.02 to about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.02 to about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.02 to about 0.1 mg/kg, about 0.02 mg/kg to about 0.09 mg/kg, about 0.02 mg/kg to about 0.08 mg/kg, about 0.02 mg/kg to about 0.07 mg/kg, about 0.02 mg/kg to about 0.06 mg/kg, about 0.02 mg/kg to about 0.05 mg/kg, about 0.03 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.03 to about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.03 to about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.03 to about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.03 to about 0.1 mg/kg, about 0.03 mg/kg to about 0.09 mg/kg, about 0.03 mg/kg to about 0.08 mg/kg, about 0.03 mg/kg to about 0.07 mg/kg, about 0.03 mg/kg to about 0.06 mg/kg, about 0.03 mg/kg to about 0.05 mg/kg, about 0.04 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.04 to about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.04 to about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.04 to about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.04 to about 0.1 mg/kg, about 0.04 mg/kg to about 0.09 mg/kg, about 0.04 mg/kg to about 0.08 mg/kg, about 0.04 mg/kg to about 0.07 mg/kg, about 0.04 mg/kg to about 0.06 mg/kg, about 0.05 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.05 to about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.05 to about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.05 to about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.05 to about 0.1 mg/kg, about 0.05 mg/kg to about 0.09 mg/kg, about 0.05 mg/kg to about 0.08 mg/kg, or about 0.05 mg/kg to about 0.07 mg/kg.

Values and ranges intermediate to the foregoing d values are also intended to be part of [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM this invention, e.g.,, the RNAi agent may be administered to the subject at a dose of about 0.015 mg/kg to about 0.45 mg/mg.

For example, the RNAi agent, e.g., RNAi agent in a pharmaceutical composition, may be administered at a dose of about 0.01 mg/kg, 0.0125 mg/kg, 0.015 mg/kg, 0.0175 mg/kg, 0.02 mg/kg, 0.0225 mg/kg, 0.025 mg/kg, 0.0275 mg/kg, 0.03 mg/kg, 0.0325 mg/kg, 0.035 mg/kg, 0.0375 mg/kg, 0.04 mg/kg, 0.0425 mg/kg, 0.045 mg/kg, 0.0475 mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg, 0.0525 mg/kg, 0.055 mg/kg, 0.0575 mg/kg, 0.06 mg/kg, 0.0625 mg/kg, 0.065 mg/kg, 0.0675 mg/kg, 0.07 mg/kg, 0.0725 mg/kg, 0.075 mg/kg, 0.0775 mg/kg, 0.08 mg/kg, 0.0825 mg/kg, 0.085 mg/kg, 0.0875 mg/kg, 0.09 mg/kg, 0.0925 mg/kg, 0.095 mg/kg, 0.0975 mg/kg, 01 mg/kg, 0.125 mg/kg, 0.15 mg/kg, 0.175 mg/kg, 0.2 mg/kg, 0.225 mg/kg, 0.25 mg/kg, 0.275 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.325 mg/kg, 0.35 mg/kg, 0.375 mg/kg, 0.4 mg/kg, 0.425 mg/kg, 0.45 mg/kg, 0.475 mg/kg, or about 0.5 mg/kg. Values intermediate to the foregoing recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.

The pharmaceutical composition can be administered once daily, or the iRNA can be administered as two, three, or more sub—doses at appropriate intervals throughout the day or even using continuous infusion or delivery through a lled release formulation. In that case, the iRNA contained in each sub—dose must be correspondingly smaller in order to e the total daily dosage. The dosage unit can also be nded for delivery over several days, 6.57., using a conventional sustained release ation which es sustained release of the iRNA over a several day period. Sustained release formulations are well known in the art and are particularly useful for delivery of agents at a particular site, such as could be used with the agents of the present invention. In this embodiment, the dosage unit contains a corresponding multiple of the daily dose.

In other embodiments, a single dose of the ceutical compositions can be long lasting, such that subsequent doses are administered at not more than 3, 4, or 5 day intervals, or at not more than 1, 2, 3, or 4 week intervals. In some embodiments of the invention, a single dose of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is stered once per week. In other ments of the invention, a single dose of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is administered bi—monthly.

The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors can influence the dosage and timing required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, ent of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a composition can include a single treatment or a series of ents. Estimates of effective dosages and in viva half—lives for the individual iRNAs encompassed by the invention can be made using tional methodologies or on the basis of in viva testing using appropriate animal model, as described elsewhere herein.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Advances in mouse genetics have generated a number of mouse models for the study of various human diseases, such as a liver disorder that would benefit from ion in the expression of al. Such models can be used for in vivo testing of iRNA, as well as for determining a therapeutically effective dose. Suitable mouse models are known in the art and include, for example, a mouse containing a transgene expressing human Serpinal.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be administered in a number of ways depending upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated. Administration can be l (e.g., by a transdermal patch), pulmonary, e. g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal, oral or parenteral. Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; subdermal, e. 57., via an implanted device; or intracranial, e. g., by intraparenchymal, intrathecal or intraventricular, administration. The iRNA can be delivered in a manner to target a particular tissue, such as the liver (e.g., the hepatocytes of the liver). ceutical compositions and formulations for l administration can include transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional ceutical carriers, s, powder or oily bases, ners and the like can be ary or desirable. Coated condoms, gloves and the like can also be useful. Suitable l formulations include those in which the iRNAs featured in the invention are in admixture with a topical delivery agent such as lipids, liposomes, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, steroids, chelating agents and surfactants. Suitable lipids and liposomes include neutral (e. g., dioleoylphosphatidyl DOPE ethanolamine, dimyristoylphosphatidyl choline DMPC, rolyphosphatidyl choline) negative (e.g., dimyristoylphosphatidyl glycerol DMPG) and cationic (e.g., dioleoyltetramethylaminopropyl DOTAP and ylphosphatidyl ethanolamine DOTMA). iRNAs featured in the invention can be encapsulated within liposomes or can form complexes thereto, in ular to cationic liposomes. Alternatively, iRNAs can be complexed to lipids, in particular to cationic lipids. le fatty acids and esters include but are not limited to arachidonic acid, oleic acid, eicosanoic acid, lauric acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, ic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, dicaprate, tricaprate, monoolein, dilaurin, glyceryl l— monocaprate, l—dodecylazacycloheptan—2—one, an acylcamitine, an acylcholine, or a C1_20 alkyl ester (e. g., pylmyristate IPM), monoglyceride, diglyceride or pharmaceutically acceptable salt f). Topical formulations are described in detail in US. Patent No. 6,747,014, which is incorporated herein by reference.

A. iRNA Formulations Comprising Membranous Molecular Assemblies An iRNA for use in the compositions and s of the invention can be formulated for deDry in a membranous molecular assembly, e. g., a liposome or a micelle. As used [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM herein, the term “liposome” refers to a vesicle composed of amphiphilic lipids ed in at least one bilayer, e.g., one bilayer or a plurality of bilayers. Liposomes include unilamellar and multilamellar es that have a membrane formed from a lipophilic al and an aqueous interior. The aqueous portion contains the iRNA composition. The lipophilic material isolates the aqueous interior from an aqueous exterior, which typically does not include the iRNA composition, although in some examples, it may. Liposomes are useful for the transfer and delivery of active ingredients to the site of action. Because the liposomal membrane is structurally similar to ical membranes, when liposomes are applied to a tissue, the liposomal bilayer fuses with bilayer of the cellular membranes. As the merging of the liposome and cell progresses, the al aqueous contents that include the iRNA are red into the cell where the iRNA can specifically bind to a target RNA and can e RNAi. In some cases the liposomes are also specifically targeted, e.g., to direct the iRNA to particular cell types.

A liposome containing a RNAi agent can be prepared by a variety of methods. In one e, the lipid component of a liposome is dissolved in a detergent so that micelles are formed with the lipid component. For example, the lipid component can be an amphipathic ic lipid or lipid conjugate. The detergent can have a high critical e concentration and may be nonionic. Exemplary detergents include cholate, CHAPS, octylglucoside, deoxycholate, and lauroyl sarcosine. The RNAi agent ation is then added to the micelles that include the lipid component. The cationic groups on the lipid ct with the RNAi agent and condense around the RNAi agent to form a liposome. After condensation, the detergent is removed, e.g., by dialysis, to yield a liposomal preparation of RNAi agent.

If necessary a carrier compound that assists in condensation can be added during the condensation reaction, e.g., by controlled addition. For example, the carrier compound can be a polymer other than a nucleic acid (e.g., spermine or spermidine). pH can also adjusted to favor sation.

Methods for producing stable polynucleotide delivery vehicles, which incorporate a polynucleotide/cationic lipid complex as structural components of the delivery vehicle, are further described in, e.g., WO 96/37194, the entire ts of which are incorporated herein by reference. Liposome formation can also include one or more aspects of exemplary methods bed in Felgner, P. L. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 8:7413—7417, 1987; US. Pat. No. 4,897,355; US. Pat. No. 5,171,678; m, et al. M. Mol. Biol. , 1965; Olson, et al. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 557:9, 1979; Szoka, et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 75: 4194, 1978; Mayhew, et al. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 775:169, 1984; Kim, et al. Biochim.

Biophys. Acta 728:339, 1983; and Fukunaga, et al. Endocrinol. 115:757, 1984. Commonly used techniques for preparing lipid aggregates of appropriate size for use as delivery vehicles e sonication and freeze—thaw plus extrusion (see, e.g., Mayer, et al. Biochim. Biophys.

Acta D161, 1986). Microfluidization can be used when consistently small (50 to 200 nm) [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM and relatively uniform aggregates are desired w, et al. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 775: 169, 1984). These methods are readily adapted to packaging RNAi agent preparations into liposomes. mes fall into two broad classes. Cationic liposomes are positively charged liposomes which interact with the negatively charged nucleic acid molecules to form a stable complex. The vely charged nucleic iposome complex binds to the negatively charged cell surface and is internalized in an endosome. Due to the acidic pH within the endosome, the liposomes are ruptured, releasing their contents into the cell cytoplasm (Wang et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comman, 1987, 147, 980-985).

Liposomes which are pH—sensitive or vely—charged, entrap nucleic acids rather than complex with it. Since both the nucleic acid and the lipid are similarly d, repulsion rather than complex formation occurs. Nevertheless, some nucleic acid is entrapped within the aqueous interior of these liposomes. pH— sensitive liposomes have been used to deliver nucleic acids encoding the thymidine kinase gene to cell monolayers in culture.

Expression of the ous gene was detected in the target cells (Zhou et al., Journal of Controlled Release, 1992, 19, 269—274).

One major type of liposomal composition includes phospholipids other than lly— derived phosphatidylcholine. Neutral me compositions, for example, can be formed from dimyristoyl phosphatidylcholine (DMPC) or dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine (DPPC). c liposome compositions generally are formed from dimyristoyl phosphatidylglycerol, while anionic fusogenic liposomes are formed primarily from dioleoyl phosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE). r type of liposomal composition is formed from phosphatidylcholine (PC) such as, for example, soybean PC, and egg PC. Another type is formed from mixtures of phospholipid and/or phosphatidylcholine and/or cholesterol.

Examples of other methods to introduce liposomes into cells in vitro and in vivo include US. Pat. No. 5,283,185; US. Pat. No. 678; WO 94/00569; WO 93/24640; WO 91/16024; Felgner, J. Biol. Chem. 269:2550, 1994; Nabel, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 07, 1993; Nabel, Human Gene Ther. 3:649, 1992; n, Biochem. 32:7143, 1993; and s EMBO J. 11:417, 1992.

Non—ionic liposomal systems have also been examined to determine their utility in the delivery of drugs to the skin, in particular systems comprising non—ionic tant and cholesterol. Non—ionic liposomal formulations comprising NovasomeTM I (glyceryl dilaurate/cholesterol/polyoxyethylene—10—stearyl ether) and NovasomeTM ll (glyceryl distearate/cholesterol/polyoxyethylene—10—stearyl ether) were used to deliver cyclosporin—A into the dermis of mouse skin. Results indicated that such nic liposomal systems were effective in facilitating the deposition of cyclosporine A into different layers of the skin (Hu et al. S.T.P.Plzarma. Sci., 1994, 4(6) 466).

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Liposomes also include “sterically ized” liposomes, a term which, as used herein, refers to mes comprising one or more specialized lipids that, when incorporated into liposomes, result in enhanced circulation lifetimes relative to liposomes lacking such specialized lipids. Examples of ally stabilized liposomes are those in which part of the vesicle—forming lipid portion of the liposome (A) comprises one or more glycolipids, such as monosialoganglioside GMl, or (B) is derivatized with one or more hydrophilic polymers, such as a polyethylene glycol (PEG) moiety. While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is thought in the art that, at least for sterically stabilized liposomes containing gangliosides, sphingomyelin, or PEG—derivatized lipids, the ed circulation half—life of these sterically stabilized liposomes derives from a reduced uptake into cells of the reticuloendothelial system (RES) (Allen et al., FEBS Letters, 1987, 223, 42; Wu et al., Cancer Research, 1993, 53, 3765).

Various liposomes comprising one or more glycolipids are known in the art.

Papahadjopoulos et al. (Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1987, 507, 64) reported the y of monosialoganglioside GMl, galactocerebroside sulfate and phosphatidylinositol to improve blood half—lives of liposomes. These findings were expounded upon by Gabizon et al. (Proc.

Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1988, 85, 6949). US. Pat. No. 028 and WO 88/04924, both to Allen et al., disclose liposomes comprising (1) sphingomyelin and (2) the oside GM1 or a galactocerebroside sulfate ester. US. Pat. No. 5,543,152 (Webb et al.) ses liposomes comprising sphingomyelin. Liposomes comprising 1,2—sn—dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine are disclosed in W0 99 (Lim et al).

In one embodiment, ic liposomes are used. Cationic liposomes possess the advantage of being able to fuse to the cell membrane. Non—cationic liposomes, although not able to fuse as efficiently with the plasma membrane, are taken up by macrophages in vivo and can be used to deliver RNAi agents to macrophages.

Further advantages of liposomes include: liposomes obtained from natural phospholipids are biocompatible and biodegradable; liposomes can incorporate a wide range of water and lipid soluble drugs; liposomes can protect encapsulated RNAi agents in their internal tments from metabolism and degradation (Rosoff, in "Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms," Lieberman, Rieger and Banker , 1988, volume 1, p. 245). Important considerations in the preparation of liposome formulations are the lipid surface charge, vesicle size and the s volume of the liposomes.

A positively charged synthetic cationic lipid, 2,3—dioleyloxy)propyl]—N,N,N— trimethylammonium chloride (DOTMA) can be used to form small liposomes that interact spontaneously with nucleic acid to form lipid—nucleic acid complexes which are capable of fusing with the negatively charged lipids of the cell membranes of tissue e cells, resulting in delivery of RNAi agent (see, e.g., Felgner, P. L. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM USA 8:7413—7417, 1987 and US. Pat. No. 4,897,355 for a description of DOTMA and its use with DNA).

A DOTMA analogue, 1,2—bis(oleoyloxy)—3—(trimethylammonia)propane (DOTAP) can be used in ation with a phospholipid to form DNA—complexing vesicles.

LipofectinTM Bethesda Research Laboratories, Gaithersburg, Md.) is an effective agent for the delivery of highly anionic nucleic acids into living tissue culture cells that comprise positively charged DOTMA liposomes which interact spontaneously with negatively charged polynucleotides to form complexes. When enough positively d liposomes are used, the net charge on the resulting complexes is also positive. Positively charged complexes prepared in this way spontaneously attach to negatively charged cell surfaces, fuse with the plasma membrane, and efficiently r functional nucleic acids into, for example, tissue e cells. Another commercially available cationic lipid, 1,2—bis(oleoyloxy)—3,3— (trimethylammonia)propane (“DOTAP”) (Boehringer Mannheim, apolis, Indiana) differs from DOTMA in that the oleoyl moieties are linked by ester, rather than ether linkages.

Other reported cationic lipid compounds include those that have been conjugated to a variety of moieties ing, for example, carboxyspermine which has been conjugated to one of two types of lipids and includes compounds such as 5—carboxyspermylglycine dioctaoleoylamide (“DOGS”) (TransfectamTM, Promega, Madison, Wisconsin) and dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine 5—carboxyspermyl—amide S”) (see, e.g., US.

Pat. No. 5,171,678).

Another cationic lipid ate includes tization of the lipid with cholesterol (“DC—Chol”) which has been ated into liposomes in combination with DOPE (See, Gao, X. and Huang, L., Biochim. s. Res. Commun. 179:280, 1991). Lipopolylysine, made by conjugating polylysine to DOPE, has been reported to be effective for ection in the presence of serum (Zhou, X. et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1065:8, 1991). For certain cell lines, these liposomes ning conjugated cationic lipids, are said to exhibit lower toxicity and provide more efficient transfection than the DOTMA—containing compositions.

Other commercially available cationic lipid products include DMRIE and DMRIE—HP (Vical, La Jolla, California) and Lipofectamine (DOSPA) (Life Technology, Inc., Gaithersburg, Maryland). Other cationic lipids suitable for the delivery of oligonucleotides are described in WO 98/39359 and WO 96/37194.

Liposomal formulations are particularly suited for topical administration, liposomes present several advantages over other formulations. Such advantages e reduced side effects related to high systemic absorption of the stered drug, increased lation of the administered drug at the desired target, and the y to administer RNAi agent into the skin. In some implementations, liposomes are used for delivering RNAi agent to epideID cells and also to enhance the penetration of RNAi agent into dermal tissues, e.g., [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM into skin. For e, the mes can be applied topically. Topical ry of drugs formulated as liposomes to the skin has been nted (see, e. g., Weiner et al., Journal of Drag Targeting, 1992, vol. 2,405—410 and du Plessis et al., Antiviral ch, 18, 1992, 259—265; Mannino, R. J. and Fould—Fogerite, S., Biotechniques 6:682—690, 1988; Itani, T. et al. Gene 56:267—276. 1987; Nicolau, C. et al. Meth. Enz. 149:157—176, 1987; inger, R.

M. and Papahadjopoulos, D. Meth. Enz. 101:512—527, 1983; Wang, C. Y. and Huang, L., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:7851—7855, 1987).

Non—ionic liposomal systems have also been examined to determine their utility in the delivery of drugs to the skin, in particular s comprising non—ionic surfactant and cholesterol. Non—ionic liposomal formulations comprising Novasome I (glyceryl dilaurate/cholesterol/polyoxyethylene—10—stearyl ether) and Novasome II (glyceryl distearate/ cholesterol/polyoxyethylene—10—stearyl ether) were used to deliver a drug into the dermis of mouse skin. Such formulations with RNAi agent are useful for treating a dermatological disorder.

Liposomes that include iRNA can be made highly deformable. Such deformability can enable the liposomes to penetrate through pore that are smaller than the average radius of the liposome. For e, transfersomes are a type of deformable liposomes.

Transferosomes can be made by adding surface edge activators, usually surfactants, to a standard liposomal composition. Transfersomes that include RNAi agent can be delivered, for example, subcutaneously by infection in order to deliver RNAi agent to keratinocytes in the skin. In order to cross intact mammalian skin, lipid es must pass through a series of fine pores, each with a diameter less than 50 nm, under the influence of a suitable transdermal gradient. In addition, due to the lipid properties, these erosomes can be self—optimizing (adaptive to the shape of pores, e.g., in the skin), self—repairing, and can frequently reach their s without fragmenting, and often self—loading.

Other ations amenable to the present invention are described in United States provisional application serial Nos. 61/018,616, filed January 2, 2008; ,611, filed January 2, 2008; 61/039,748, filed March 26, 2008; 61/047,087, filed April 22, 2008 and 61/051,528, filed May 8, 2008. PCT application no , filed October 3, 2007 also describes formulations that are amenable to the t invention.

Transfersomes are yet another type of liposomes, and are highly deformable lipid aggregates which are attractive candidates for drug delivery vehicles. Transfersomes can be described as lipid droplets which are so highly deformable that they are easily able to penetrate through pores which are smaller than the droplet. Transfersomes are adaptable to the environment in which they are used, e. g., they are self—optimizing (adaptive to the shape of pores in the skin), self—repairing, frequently reach their targets without fragmenting, and often self—loading. To make transfersomes it is possible to add surface edge—activators, usuallDIrfactants, to a standard liposomal ition. Transfersomes have been used to [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM deliver serum albumin to the skin. The transfersome—mediated delivery of serum albumin has been shown to be as effective as subcutaneous injection of a solution containing serum albumin.

Surfactants find wide application in formulations such as emulsions (including microemulsions) and liposomes. The most common way of classifying and ranking the properties of the many different types of surfactants, both natural and tic, is by the use of the hydrophile/lipophile balance (HLB). The nature of the hydrophilic group (also known as the "head") provides the most useful means for rizing the different surfactants used in formulations r, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1988, p. 285).

If the surfactant molecule is not ionized, it is classified as a nonionic surfactant.

Nonionic surfactants find wide application in pharmaceutical and ic products and are usable over a wide range of pH values. In general their HLB values range from 2 to about 18 depending on their structure. Nonionic surfactants include nonionic esters such as ethylene glycol esters, propylene glycol esters, glyceryl esters, polyglyceryl esters, an esters, sucrose esters, and ethoxylated esters. Nonionic alkanolamides and ethers such as fatty alcohol ethoxylates, propoxylated alcohols, and ethoxylated/propoxylated block polymers are also included in this class. The yethylene tants are the most r members of the nonionic surfactant class.

If the tant molecule carries a negative charge when it is dissolved or dispersed in water, the surfactant is fied as anionic. Anionic surfactants include carboxylates such as soaps, acyl lactylates, acyl amides of amino acids, esters of sulfuric acid such as alkyl sulfates and ethoxylated alkyl sulfates, sulfonates such as alkyl benzene sulfonates, acyl isethionates, acyl taurates and uccinates, and phosphates. The most important members of the anionic surfactant class are the alkyl sulfates and the soaps.

If the surfactant molecule carries a positive charge when it is dissolved or dispersed in water, the surfactant is classified as ic. Cationic surfactants include quaternary ammonium salts and ethoxylated amines. The quaternary ammonium salts are the most used members of this class.

If the surfactant molecule has the ability to carry either a positive or negative charge, the surfactant is classified as amphoteric. Amphoteric surfactants include acrylic acid derivatives, substituted mides, N—alkylbetaines and phosphatides.

The use of surfactants in drug ts, formulations and in emulsions has been reviewed (Rieger, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1988, p. 285).

The iRNA for use in the methods of the invention can also be provided as ar ations. “Micelles” are defined herein as a particular type of molecular assembly in whichphipathic molecules are arranged in a spherical structure such that all the [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM hydrophobic portions of the molecules are directed inward, leaving the hydrophilic portions in contact with the surrounding s phase. The converse ement exists if the environment is hydrophobic.

A mixed micellar formulation le for delivery h transdermal membranes may be prepared by mixing an aqueous solution of the siRNA composition, an alkali metal C3 to C22 alkyl sulphate, and a e forming compounds. Exemplary micelle forming compounds include in, onic acid, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of hyaluronic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, chamomile t, cucumber extract, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, monoolein, monooleates, monolaurates, borage oil, evening of primrose oil, menthol, trihydroxy oxo cholanyl glycine and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, glycerin, polyglycerin, lysine, polylysine, in, polyoxyethylene ethers and analogues thereof, polidocanol alkyl ethers and analogues thereof, chenodeoxycholate, deoxycholate, and mixtures thereof. The micelle g compounds may be added at the same time or after addition of the alkali metal alkyl sulphate. Mixed es will form with substantially any kind of mixing of the ingredients but vigorous mixing in order to provide smaller size In one method a first micellar composition is prepared which contains the siRNA composition and at least the alkali metal alkyl sulphate. The first micellar composition is then mixed with at least three micelle forming compounds to form a mixed micellar composition. In another method, the micellar composition is prepared by mixing the siRNA composition, the alkali metal alkyl sulphate and at least one of the micelle forming compounds, followed by addition of the remaining micelle forming compounds, with vigorous mixing.

Phenol and/or m—cresol may be added to the mixed micellar composition to stabilize the formulation and protect against bacterial growth. atively, phenol and/or m—cresol may be added with the micelle g ingredients. An isotonic agent such as glycerin may also be added after formation of the mixed micellar composition.

For ry of the micellar ation as a spray, the formulation can be put into an aerosol dispenser and the dispenser is charged with a propellant. The propellant, which is under pressure, is in liquid form in the dispenser. The ratios of the ingredients are adjusted so that the aqueous and propellant phases become one, i.e., there is one phase. If there are two phases, it is necessary to shake the dispenser prior to dispensing a portion of the contents, e.g., h a metered valve. The dispensed dose of pharmaceutical agent is propelled from the metered valve in a fine spray.

Propellants may include hydrogen—containing chlorofluorocarbons, hydrogen— ning fluorocarbons, dimethyl ether and diethyl ether. In certain embodiments, HFA 134a (l,l,l,2 tetrafluoroethane) may be used.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM The specific concentrations of the essential ingredients can be determined by relatively straightforward experimentation. For absorption through the oral cavities, it is often desirable to increase, e.g., at least double or triple, the dosage for through ion or administration through the gastrointestinal tract.

B. Lipid les iRNAs, e.g., dsRNAs of in the invention may be fully encapsulated in a lipid formulation, e.g., a LNP, or other c acid—lipid particle.

As used , the term "LNP" refers to a stable nucleic acid—lipid particle. LNPs n a cationic lipid, a non—cationic lipid, and a lipid that prevents aggregation of the particle (e.g., a PEG—lipid conjugate). LNPs are extremely useful for systemic applications, as they exhibit extended circulation lifetimes following enous (iv) ion and accumulate at distal sites (e.g., sites physically ted from the administration site). LNPs include "pSPLP," which include an ulated condensing agent—nucleic acid complex as set forth in PCT Publication No. WO 00/03683. The particles of the present invention typically have a mean diameter of about 50 nm to about 150 nm, more typically about 60 nm to about 130 nm, more typically about 70 nm to about 110 nm, most typically about 70 nm to about 90 nm, and are substantially nontoxic. In addition, the nucleic acids when present in the nucleic acid— lipid particles of the present invention are resistant in aqueous solution to degradation with a nuclease. Nucleic acid—lipid particles and their method of preparation are disclosed in, 6.57., US. Patent Nos. 5,976,567; 501; 6,534,484; 6,586,410; 6,815,432; US. Publication No. 2010/0324120 and PCT Publication No. WO 96/40964.

In one embodiment, the lipid to drug ratio (mass/mass ratio) (e.g., lipid to dsRNA ratio) will be in the range of from about 1:1 to about 50: 1, from about 1:1 to about 25: 1, from about 3:1 to about 15:1, from about 4:1 to about 10:1, from about 5:1 to about 9:1, or about 6:1 to about 9:1. Ranges intermediate to the above recited ranges are also plated to be part of the invention.

The cationic lipid can be, for e, N,N—dioleyl—N,N—dimethylammonium chloride (DODAC), N,N—distearyl—N,N—dimethylammonium bromide (DDAB), N—(I —(2,3— dioleoyloxy)propyl)—N,N,N—trimethylammonium chloride (DOTAP), N—(I —(2,3— dioleyloxy)propyl)—N,N,N—trimethylammonium chloride (DOTMA), N,N—dimethyl—2,3— dioleyloxy)propylamine (DODMA), 1,2—DiLinoleyloxy—N,N—dimethylaminopropane (DLinDMA), l,2—Dilinolenyloxy—N,N—dimethylaminopropane (DLenDMA), 1,2— Dilinoleylcarbamoyloxy—3—dimethylaminopropane (DLin—C—DAP), 1,2—Dilinoleyoxy—3— (dimethylamino)acetoxypropane (DLin—DAC), 1,2—Dilinoleyoxy—3—morpholinopropane (DLin—MA), 1,2—Dilinoleoyl—3—dimethylaminopropane (DLinDAP), 1,2—Dilinoleylthio—3— ylaminopropane (DLin—S—DMA), 1—Linoleoyl—2—linoleyloxy—3—dimethylaminopropane (DLin—2—DMAP), 1,2—Dilinoleyloxy—3—trimethylaminopropane chloride salt (DLin—TMA.Cl), 31eoyl—3—trimethylaminopropane chloride salt (DLin—TAP.Cl), 1,2—Dilinoleyloxy—3— [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM (N—methylpiperazino)propane (DLin—MPZ), or 3—(N,N—Dilinoleylamino)—1,2—propanediol (DLinAP), —Dioleylamino)—1,2—propanedio (DOAP), 1,2—Dilinoleyloxo—3—(2—N,N— dimethylamino)ethoxypropane (DLin—EG—DMA), l,2—Dilinolenyloxy—N,N— dimethylaminopropane (DLinDMA), 2,2—Dilinoleyl—4—dimethylaminomethyl—[1,3]—dioxolane (DLin—K—DMA) or analogs f, (3aR,5s,6aS)—N,N—dimethyl—2,2—di((9Z,12Z)—octadeca— 9,12—dienyl)tetrahydro—3aH—cyclopenta[d][1,3]dioxol—5—amine (ALN100), (6Z,9Z,28Z,312)— heptatriaconta—6,9,28,31—tetraen—19—yl 4—(dimethylamino)butanoate (MC3), 1,1'—(2—(4—(2—((2— (bis(2—hydroxydodecyl)amino)ethyl)(2—hydroxydodecyl)amino)ethyl)piperazin— 1— yl)ethylazanediyl)didodecan—2—ol (Tech G1), or a mixture thereof. The cationic lipid can comprise from about 20 mol % to about 50 mol % or about 40 mol % of the total lipid present in the particle.

In another ment, the compound 2,2—Dilinoleyl—4—dimethylaminoethyl—[1,3]— dioxolane can be used to prepare lipid—siRNA nanoparticles. Synthesis of 2,2—Dilinoleyl—4— dimethylaminoethyl—[1,3]—dioxolane is described in United States provisional patent application number 61/107,998 filed on October 23, 2008, which is herein incorporated by reference.

In one embodiment, the lipid—siRNA particle includes 40% 2, noleyl—4— dimethylaminoethyl—[1,3]—dioxolane: 10% DSPC: 40% Cholesterol: 10% PEG-C—DOMG (mole percent) with a particle size of 63.0 i 20 nm and a 0.027 siRNA/Lipid Ratio.

The ble/non—cationic lipid can be an anionic lipid or a l lipid including, but not limited to, roylphosphatidylcholine (DSPC), dioleoylphosphatidylcholine (DOPC), dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC), dioleoylphosphatidylglycerol (DOPG), dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol (DPPG), dioleoyl—phosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE), palmitoyloleoylphosphatidylcholine (POPC), palmitoyloleoylphosphatidylethanolamine (POPE), dioleoyl— phosphatidylethanolamine 4—(N—maleimidomethyl)—cyclohexane—l— carboxylate (DOPE—mal), dipalmitoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine (DPPE), dimyristoylphosphoethanolamine (DMPE), distearoyl—phosphatidyl—ethanolamine (DSPE), 16—O—monomethyl PE, 16—O—dimethyl PE, 18—1 —trans PE, 1 —stearoyl—2—oleoyl— phosphatidyethanolamine (SOPE), cholesterol, or a mixture thereof. The non—cationic lipid can be from about 5 mol % to about 90 mol %, about 10 mol %, or about 58 mol % if cholesterol is included, of the total lipid present in the particle.

The conjugated lipid that inhibits aggregation of particles can be, for example, a polyethyleneglycol (PEG)—lipid including, Without tion, a PEG—diacylglycerol (DAG), a PEG—dialkyloxypropyl (DAA), a PEG—phospholipid, a PEG—ceramide (Cer), or a mixture thereof. The PEG—DAA ate can be, for example, a PEG—dilauryloxypropyl (C12), a PEG—dimyristyloxypropyl (Ci4), a palmityloxypropyl (Ci6), or a PEG— distearyloxypropyl (C]g). The conjugated lipid that prevents aggregation of les can be from D31 % to about 20 mol % or about 2 mol % of the total lipid present in the particle. ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM In some embodiments, the nucleic acid—lipid particle further includes cholesterol at, 6.57., about 10 mol % to about 60 mol % or about 48 mol % of the total lipid t in the particle.

In one embodiment, the lipidoid ND98-4HCl (MW 1487) (see US. Patent Application No. 12/056,230, filed 3/26/2008, which is incorporated herein by reference), Cholesterol —Aldrich), and PEG—Ceramide C16 (Avanti Polar Lipids) can be used to prepare lipid— dsRNA nanoparticles (i.e., LNP01 particles). Stock solutions of each in ethanol can be prepared as follows: ND98, 133 mg/ml; Cholesterol, 25 mg/ml, PEG—Ceramide C16, 100 mg/ml. The ND98, Cholesterol, and PEG—Ceramide C16 stock solutions can then be combined in a, 6.57., 42:48: 10 molar ratio. The combined lipid on can be mixed with aqueous dsRNA (e.g., in sodium acetate pH 5) such that the final ethanol concentration is about 35—45% and the final sodium acetate concentration is about 100—300 mM. Lipid— dsRNA nanoparticles typically form spontaneously upon . Depending on the desired particle size distribution, the resultant nanoparticle mixture can be extruded through a polycarbonate membrane (e.g., 100 nm cut—off) using, for example, a thermobarrel extruder, such as Lipex Extruder (Northern Lipids, Inc). In some cases, the extrusion step can be omitted. Ethanol removal and simultaneous buffer exchange can be accomplished by, for example, is or tial flow filtration. Buffer can be exchanged with, for example, phosphate buffered saline (PBS) at about pH 7, 6.57., about pH 6.9, about pH 7.0, about pH 7.1, about pH 7.2, about pH 7.3, or about pH 7.4.

H H H :N N: WO H H ND98lsomer| Formulal LNP01 formulations are described, 6.57., in International Application Publication No. , which is hereby incorporated by reference.

Additional exemplary lipid—dsRNA formulations are described in Table A.

Table A. cationic lipid/non-cationic Ionizable/Cationic Lipid lipid/cholesterol/PEG-lipid conjugate Li NA ratio DLinDMA/DPPC/CholesterolflDEG-CDMA l,2-Dilinolenyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (57.1/7.1/34.4/1.4) . (DLinDMA) lipidzsiRNA ~ 7:1 ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM XTC/DPPC/Cholesterol/PEG-CDMA 2,2-Dilinoley1dimethylaminoethy1-[1, 3] - 57.1/7.1/34.4/1.4 dioxolane (XTC) lioid:siRNA ~ 7:1 XTC/DSPC/Cholesterol/PEG-DMG 2,2-Dilinoley1dimethylaminoethy1-[1, 3] - 57.5/7.5/31.5/3.5 dioxolane (XTC) lioid:siRNA ~ 6:1 XTC/DSPC/Cholesterol/PEG-DMG 2,2-Dilinoley1dimethylaminoethy1-[1, 3] - 57.5/7.5/31.5/3.5 dioxolane (XTC) lipid:siRNA ~ 11:1 XTC/DSPC/Cholesterol/PEG-DMG 2,2-Dilinoley1dimethylaminoethy1-[1, 3] - 60/7.5/31/1.5, dioxolane (XTC) siRNA ~ 6:1 XTC/DSPC/Cholesterol/PEG-DMG 2,2-Dilinoley1dimethylaminoethy1-[1, 3] - 60/7.5/31/1.5, dioxolane (XTC) lipid:siRNA ~ 11:1 XTC/DSPC/Cholesterol/PEG-DMG linoley1dimethylaminoethy1-[1, 3] - 50/10/38.5/1.5 dioxolane (XTC) Lipid:siRNA 10:1 (3aR,5 s ,6aS)-N,N-dimethy1—2,2-di((9Z,122)- ALN100/DSPC/CholesterolflDEG-DMG 0ctadeca—9,12-dienyl)tetrahydr0-3aH- 50/ 1 0/3 5 cyclopenta[d] [1,3]di0X01—5-amine (ALN100) Lipid: siRNA 10: 1 (6Z,9Z,28Z,31Z)-heptatriac0nta—6,9,28 ,31- MC-3HDSPC/Cholesterol/PEG-DMG tetraen-19 -y1 ethylamin0)butan0ate 50/ 1 0/3 8 .5/ 1.5 (MC3) Lipid:siRNA 10:1 1,1‘-(2-(4-(2-((2-(bis(2- Tech GIDSPC/CholesterollPEG-DMG hydroxydodecyl)amin0)ethyl) (2- 50/10/38.5/1.5 hydroxydodecyl)amin0)ethyl)piperazin Lipid:siRNA 10:1 yl)ethylazanediyl)did0decan01 (Tech G 1) XTC/DSPC/Chol/PEG-DMG LNP13 XTC 50/10/38.5/1.5 Lipid:siRNA: 33:1 MC3/DSPC/Ch01fl3EG-DMG LNP1 ‘ MC3 , 40/15/40/5 [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Lipid:siRNA: 11:1 MC3/DSPC/ChoWEG-DSG/GalNAc-PEG-DSG MC3 35/4.5/0.5 Lioid:siRNA: 11:1 MC3/DSPC/Cholfl3EG-DMG MC3 50/10/38.5/1.5 Lioid:siRNA: 7:1 MC3/DSPC/Cholfl3EG-DSG MC3 50/10/38.5/1.5 Li iod:siRNA: 10:1 MC3/DSPC/Cholfl3EG-DMG MC3 50/10/38.5/1.5 Li oid:siRNA: 12:1 MC3/DSPC/Cholfl3EG-DMG MC3 50/10/35/5 Lioid:siRNA: 8:1 MC3/DSPC/Cholfl3EG-DPG MC3 50/10/38.5/1.5 Lioid:siRNA: 10:1 C 12-200/DSPC/Chol/PEG-DSG C12-200 50/10/38.5/1.5 Lipid:siRNA: 7:1 PC/Chol/PEG-DSG XTC 50/10/38.5/1.5 Lipid:siRNA: 10:1 DSPC: distearoylphosphatidylcholine DPPC: dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine PEG—DMG: PEG—didimyristoyl glycerol (Cl4—PEG, or PEG—C14) (PEG with avg mol wt of 2000) PEG—DSG: PEG—distyryl glycerol (ClS—PEG, or PEG—C18) (PEG with avg mol wt of 2000) PEG—cDMA: PEG—carbamoyl—l,2—dimyristyloxypropylamine (PEG with avg mol wt of 2000) LNP (l,2—Dilinolenyloxy—N,N—dimethylaminopropane (DLinDMA)) comprising form 'ons are described in ational ation No. WO2009/127060, filed April 15, 2009, ch is hereby incorporated by reference.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM XTC comprising ations are described, 6.57., in US. Provisional Serial No. 61/148,366, filed January 29, 2009; US. Provisional Serial No. 61/156,851, filed March 2, 2009; US. Provisional Serial No. filed June 10, 2009; US. Provisional Serial No. ,373, filed July 24, 2009; US. Provisional Serial No. 61/239,686, filed September 3, 2009, and International Application No. , filed y 29, 2010, which are hereby incorporated by reference.

MC3 comprising formulations are described, e.g., in US. Publication No. 324120, filed June 10, 2010, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.

ALNY—100 comprising formulations are bed, e.g., International patent application number PCT/US09/63933, filed on er 10, 2009, which is hereby incorporated by reference.

C12—200 sing formulations are described in US. Provisional Serial No. 61/175,770, filed May 5, 2009 and International ation No. PCT/US10/33777, filed May 5, 2010, which are hereby incorporated by reference.

Synthesis of ionizable/cationic lipids Any of the compounds, e.g., cationic lipids and the like, used in the nucleic acid—lipid les of the invention can be prepared by known organic synthesis techniques, including the methods bed in more detail in the Examples. All substituents are as defined below unless ted otherwise.

“Alkyl” means a straight chain or branched, noncyclic or cyclic, saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 24 carbon atoms. Representative saturated straight chain alkyls include methyl, ethyl, n—propyl, n—butyl, n—pentyl, n—hexyl, and the like; while saturated branched alkyls include isopropyl, tyl, isobutyl, tert—butyl, isopentyl, and the like.

Representative saturated cyclic alkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like; while unsaturated cyclic alkyls include cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl, and the like.

“Alkenyl” means an alkyl, as defined above, containing at least one double bond between adjacent carbon atoms. Alkenyls e both cis and trans isomers. Representative straight chain and branched alkenyls include ethylenyl, propylenyl, 1—butenyl, 2—butenyl, isobutylenyl, 1—pentenyl, enyl, 3—methyl—1—butenyl, 2—methyl—2—butenyl, 2,3—dimethyl— 2—butenyl, and the like.

“Alkynyl” means any alkyl or alkenyl, as defined above, which additionally contains at least one triple bond between nt carbons. Representative straight chain and branched alkynyls include acetylenyl, propynyl, 1—butynyl, nyl, 1—pentynyl, 2—pentynyl, 3— methyl—1 butynyl, and the like.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM “Acyl” means any alkyl, l, or alkynyl wherein the carbon at the point of attachment is substituted with an oxo group, as defined below. For example, —C(=O)alkyl, — C(=O)alkenyl, and —C(=O)alkynyl are acyl groups.

“Heterocycle” means a 5— to 7—membered clic, or 7— to lO—membered bicyclic, heterocyclic ring which is either saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic, and which contains from 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom can be ally quatemized, including bicyclic rings in which any of the above heterocycles are fused to a e ring. The heterocycle can be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom.

Heterocycles include heteroaryls as defined below. Heterocycles include morpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperizynyl, hydantoinyl, valerolactamyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, ydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, tetrahydroprimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like.

The terms “optionally substituted , “optionally substituted alkenyl”, “optionally substituted alkynyl”, “optionally substituted acyl”, and “optionally substituted heterocycle” means that, when substituted, at least one hydrogen atom is replaced with a substituent. In the case of an oxo substituent (=0) two hydrogen atoms are replaced. In this regard, substituents include oxo, halogen, heterocycle, —CN, —ORx, —NRny, —NRxC(=O)Ry, —NRxSO2Ry, -C(=O)Rx, —C(=O)ORx, NRny, —SOnRx and ny, wherein n is 0, l or 2, Rx and Ry are the same or different and independently hydrogen, alkyl or heterocycle, and each of said alkyl and heterocycle substituents can be further substituted with one or more of oxo, halogen, —OH, —CN, alkyl, —ORx, heterocycle, —NRny, —NRxC(=O)Ry, —NRxSO2Ry, -C(=O)Rx, -C(=O)ORx, -C(=O)NRny, -SOnRx and —SOnNRny.

“Halogen” means fluoro, , bromo and iodo.

In some embodiments, the methods of the ion can require the use of protecting groups. Protecting group methodology is well known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Protective Groups in c Synthesis, Green, T.W. et al., Wiley—Interscience, New York City, 1999). Briefly, protecting groups within the context of this invention are any group that reduces or eliminates unwanted reactivity of a functional group. A protecting group can be added to a functional group to mask its vity during certain reactions and then d to reveal the original functional group. In some ments an “alcohol protecting group” is used. An “alcohol protecting group” is any group which decreases or eliminates unwanted reactivity of an alcohol functional group. Protecting groups can be added and removed using techniques well known in the art.

Synthesis ofFormula A [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM In some ments, nucleic acid—lipid particles of the invention are formulated using a cationic lipid of formula A: N—R4 where R1 and R2 are ndently alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl, each can be optionally substituted, and R3 and R4 are independently lower alkyl or R3 and R4 can be taken together to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring. In some embodiments, the cationic lipid is XTC (2,2—Dilinoleyl—4—dimethylaminoethyl—[l,3]—dioxolane). In general, the lipid of formula A above can be made by the following Reaction Schemes l or 2, wherein all substituents are as defined above unless indicated otherwise.

Scheme 1 Br OH o R1 2 NHR3R4 ’ R2 —>4 R1 R2 1 o ./ .4 / 5 R5 R3 R X O R1 N// R3/+ X' 0 R1 O >4R2 FormulaA Lipid A, where R1 and R2 are independently alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl, each can be optionally substituted, and R3 and R4 are ndently lower alkyl or R3 and R4 can be taken together to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring, can be prepared according to Scheme 1. Ketone l and bromide 2 can be purchased or prepared according to methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Reaction of l and 2 yields ketal 3. Treatment of ketal 3 with amine 4 yields lipids of formula A. The lipids of formula A can be ted to the corresponding um salt with an organic salt of formula 5, where X is anion counter ion ed from halogen, hydroxide, phosphate, sulfate, or the like.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Scheme 2 _ R2 Bng R1 + R2_CN —’ 0% Alternatively, the ketone 1 ng material can be ed according to Scheme 2.

Grignard reagent 6 and cyanide 7 can be purchased or prepared according to methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Reaction of 6 and 7 yields ketone 1. Conversion of ketone 1 to the corresponding lipids of formula A is as described in Scheme 1.

Synthesis 0fMC3 Preparation of —C3—DMA (i.e., (6Z,9Z,282,31Z)—heptatriaconta—6,9,28,31— tetraen—19—yl 4—(dimethylamino)butanoate) was as follows. A solution of (6Z,9Z,282,312)— heptatriaconta—6,9,28,31—tetraen—19—ol (0.53 g), 4—N,N—dimethylaminobutyric acid hydrochloride (0.51 g), 4—N,N—dimethylaminopyridine (0.61 g) and 1—ethyl—3—(3— dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.53 g) in romethane (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution was washed with dilute hydrochloric acid followed by dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The c ons were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate, filtered and the solvent removed on a rotovap. The residue was passed down a silica gel column (20 g) using a 1—5% methanol/dichloromethane elution gradient. Fractions containing the purified product were combined and the solvent removed, yielding a colorless oil (0.54 g). Synthesis ofALNY-IOO Synthesis of ketal 519 100] was performed using the following scheme 3: NHBoc NHMe NCsze ,~NCbZMe NCsze NMO' 0504 LAH CbZ-OSu, NEt3 + —» —> HO 514 516 515 517A 517BOH O PTSA MezN“"<:':O * — LAH, 1M THF 0 _ ‘— ‘"<I o _ o _ 519 518 Synthesis of 515 To a stirred suspension of LiAlH4 (3.74 g, 0.09852 mol) in 200 ml anhydrous THF in a two neck RBF (1L), was added a solution of 514 (10g, 0.04926mol) in 70 mL of THF slowlDO 0C under nitrogen atmosphere. After complete addition, reaction mixture was [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM warmed to room temperature and then heated to reflux for 4 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of reaction (by TLC) the mixture was cooled to 0 0C and quenched with careful addition of saturated Na2SO4 solution. Reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h at room temperature and filtered off. Residue was washed well with THF. The filtrate and washings were mixed and diluted with 400 mL e and 26 mL conc. HCl and stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature. The volatilities were stripped off under vacuum to furnish the hydrochloride salt of 515 as a white solid. Yield: 7.12 g lH—NMR (DMSO, 400MHz): 5: 9.34 , 2H), 5.68 (s, 2H), 3.74 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.45 (m, 5H).

Synthesis of 516 To a stirred solution of nd 515 in 100 mL dry DCM in a 250 mL two neck RBF, was added NEt3 (37.2 mL, 0.2669 mol) and cooled to 0 0C under nitrogen atmosphere.

After a slow addition of N—(benzyloxy—carbonyloxy)—succinimide (20 g, 0.08007 mol) in 50 mL dry DCM, on mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After completion of the reaction (2—3 h by TLC) mixture was washed successively with lN HCl solution (1 x 100 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 solution (1 x 50 mL). The organic layer was then dried over anhyd. Na2SO4 and the solvent was evaporated to give crude material which was ed by silica gel column chromatography to get 516 as sticky mass. Yield: llg (89%). lH—NMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): 5 = 7.36—7.27(m, 5H), 5.69 (s, 2H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 4.96 (br., 1H) 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.60(m, 2H), 2.30-2.25(m, 2H). LC—MS [M+H] —232.3 (96.94%).

Synthesis of 51 7A and 51 7B The entene 516 (5 g, 0.02l64 mol) was dissolved in a solution of 220 mL acetone and water (10: l) in a single neck 500 mL RBF and to it was added N—methyl morpholine—N—oxide (7.6 g, 0.06492 mol) followed by 4.2 mL of 7.6% solution of OsO4 (0.275 g, 0.00108 mol) in tert—butanol at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (~ 3 h), the mixture was quenched with addition of solid Na2SO3 and resulting e was stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature. Reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (300 mL) and washed with water (2 x 100 mL) ed by saturated NaHCO3 (l x 50 mL) on, water (1 x 30 mL) and finally with brine (lx 50 mL). c phase was dried over an.Na2SO4 and solvent was removed in vacuum. Silica gel column tographic cation of the crude material was afforded a mixture of diastereomers, which were separated by prep HPLC.

Yield: — 6 g crude 5l7A - Peak-l (white solid), 5.13 g (96%). lH-NMR (DMSO, 400MHz): 5: 7.39—7.3l(m, 5H), 5.04(s, 2H), 4.78-4.73 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.47(d, 2H), 3.94-3.93(m, 2H), 2.7l(s, 3H), 1.72- l.67(m, 4H). LC-MS - [M+H]-266.3, [M+NH4 +]—283.5 present, HPLC—97.86%.

Stereochemistry confirmed by X—ray.

Synthesis 0f518 [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Using a procedure analogous to that described for the synthesis of compound 505, compound 518 (1.2 g, 41%) was obtained as a colorless oil. 1H—NMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): 8: 7.35—7.33(m, 4H), 7.30-7.27(m, 1H), 5.37-5.27(m, 8H), 5.12(s, 2H), ,1H), 4.58- 4.57(m,2H), .74(m,7H), .00(m,8H), 1.96-1.91(m, 2H), 1.62(m, 4H), 1.48(m, 2H), 1.37-1.25(br m, 36H), 0.87(m, 6H). HPLC—98.65%.

General Procedure for the Synthesis of Compound 519 A solution of compound 518 (1 eq) in hexane (15 mL) was added in a drop—wise fashion to an ice—cold solution of LAH in THF (1 M, 2 eq). After complete addition, the mixture was heated at 400C over 0.5 h then cooled again on an ice bath. The mixture was carefully hydrolyzed with ted aqueous Na2SO4 then filtered through celite and reduced to an oil. Column chromatography provided the pure 519 (1.3 g, 68%) which was obtained as a colorless oil. 13C NMR 8 = 130.2, 130.1 (x2), 127.9 (x3), 112.3, 79.3, 64.4, 44.7, 38.3, .4, 31.5, 29.9 (x2), 29.7, 29.6 (x2), 29.5 (x3), 29.3 (x2), 27.2 (x3), 25.6, 24.5, 23.3, 226, 14.1; Electrospray MS (+ve): Molecular weight for C44H80NO2 (M + H)+ Calc. 654.6, Found 654.6. ations prepared by either the standard or ion—free method can be characterized in similar manners. For example, formulations are typically characterized by visual inspection. They should be whitish translucent solutions free from aggregates or sediment. Particle size and le size distribution of lipid—nanoparticles can be measured by light scattering using, for example, a Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS (Malvern, USA).

Particles should be about 20—300 nm, such as 40—100 nm in size. The particle size distribution should be unimodal. The total dsRNA concentration in the formulation, as well as the entrapped fraction, is estimated using a dye exclusion assay. A sample of the formulated dsRNA can be incubated with an RNA—binding dye, such as Ribogreen (Molecular Probes) in the presence or absence of a formulation disrupting surfactant, e. g., 0.5% Triton—X100. The total dsRNA in the formulation can be determined by the signal from the sample containing the tant, relative to a standard curve. The entrapped fraction is determined by subtracting the “free” dsRNA content (as measured by the signal in the e of surfactant) from the total dsRNA content. t entrapped dsRNA is typically >85%. For LNP formulation, the particle size is at least 30 nm, at least 40 nm, at least 50 nm, at least 60 nm, at least 70 nm, at least 80 nm, at least 90 nm, at least 100 nm, at least 110 nm, and at least 120 nm. The suitable range is lly about at least 50 nm to about at least 110 nm, about at least 60 nm to about at least 100 nm, or about at least 80 nm to about at least 90 Compositions and formulations for oral stration e powders or es, microparticulates, nanoparticulates, suspensions or solutions in water or non—aqueous media, capsules, gel capsules, sachets, tablets or minitablets. Thickeners, flavoring agents, diluents, emulst, dispersing aids or binders can be desirable. In some embodiments, oral [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ations are those in which dsRNAs featured in the invention are administered in conjunction with one or more penetration enhancer surfactants and chelators. Suitable surfactants include fatty acids and/or esters or salts f, bile acids and/or salts thereof.

Suitable bile acids/salts include chenodeoxycholic acid (CDCA) and ursodeoxychenodeoxycholic acid (UDCA), cholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, deoxycholic acid, glucholic acid, lic acid, glycodeoxycholic acid, holic acid, taurodeoxycholic acid, sodium tauro—24,25—dihydro—fusidate and sodium glycodihydrofusidate. le fatty acids include donic acid, undecanoic acid, oleic acid, lauric acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, dicaprate, tricaprate, monoolein, dilaurin, glyceryl caprate, l— dodecylazacycloheptan—2—one, an acylcamitine, an acylcholine, or a monoglyceride, a diglyceride or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., sodium). In some embodiments, combinations of penetration enhancers are used, for example, fatty acids/salts in combination with bile acids/salts. One ary combination is the sodium salt of lauric acid, capric acid and UDCA. Further penetration enhancers include polyoxyethylene—9—lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene—20—cetyl ether. DsRNAs featured in the invention can be delivered orally, in granular form including sprayed dried particles, or complexed to form micro or nanoparticles. DsRNA compleXing agents include poly—amino acids; polyimines; polyacrylates; polyalkylacrylates, polyoxethanes, kylcyanoacrylates; cationized gelatins, ns, starches, acrylates, polyethyleneglycols (PEG) and starches; polyalkylcyanoacrylates; DEAE—derivatized polyimines, pollulans, celluloses and es.

Suitable compleXing agents include chitosan, N—trimethylchitosan, poly—L—lysine, polyhistidine, polyornithine, polyspermines, ine, polyvinylpyridine, polythiodiethylaminomethylethylene P(TDAE), polyaminostyrene (e.g., p—amino), poly(methylcyanoacrylate), poly(ethylcyanoacrylate), poly(butylcyanoacrylate), poly(isobutylcyanoacrylate), poly(isohexylcynaoacrylate), DEAE—methacrylate, DEAE— hexylacrylate, DEAE—acrylamide, DEAE—albumin and DEAE—dextran, polymethylacrylate, polyhexylacrylate, poly(D,L—lactic acid), poly(DL—lactic—co—glycolic acid (PLGA), alginate, and polyethyleneglycol (PEG). Oral formulations for dsRNAs and their preparation are described in detail in US. Patent 6,887,906, US Publn. No. 27780, and US. Patent No. 6,747,014, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.

Compositions and formulations for parenteral, intraparenchymal (into the brain), intrathecal, intraventricular or intrahepatic stration can include sterile aqueous solutions which can also contain buffers, diluents and other suitable additives such as, but not limited to, penetration enhancers, carrier compounds and other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the t invention include, but are not limited to, solutiD emulsions, and liposome—containing formulations. These compositions can be [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM generated from a y of components that include, but are not limited to, preformed liquids, self—emulsifying solids and self—emulsifying semisolids. Particularly preferred are formulations that target the liver when treating hepatic disorders such as hepatic carcinoma.

The pharmaceutical formulations of the t invention, which can conveniently be presented in unit dosage form, can be ed according to conventional techniques well known in the pharmaceutical ry. Such ques include the step of bringing into association the active ingredients with the pharmaceutical r(s) or excipient(s). In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredients with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.

The compositions of the present invention can be formulated into any of many possible dosage forms such as, but not limited to, tablets, es, gel capsules, liquid syrups, soft gels, suppositories, and enemas. The compositions of the present invention can also be formulated as suspensions in aqueous, non—aqueous or mixed media. Aqueous suspensions can further contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension including, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran. The suspension can also contain stabilizers.

C. Additional Formulations Emulsions The compositions of the present invention can be prepared and formulated as emulsions. Emulsions are typically heterogeneous systems of one liquid dispersed in another in the form of droplets usually ing 0.1um in diameter (see e.g., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug ry Systems, Allen, LV., Popovich NG., and Ansel HC., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, NY; ldson, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, man, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 199; Rosoff, in ceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., Volume 1, p. 245; Block in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 2, p. 335; Higuchi et al., in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 301). Emulsions are often biphasic s comprising two ible liquid phases intimately mixed and dispersed with each other. In general, emulsions can be of either the water—in—oil (w/o) or the oil—in—water (o/w) variety. When an aqueous phase is finely divided into and dispersed as minute droplets into a bulk oily phase, the resulting composition is called a water—in—oil (w/o) emulsion.

Alternatively, when an oily phase is finely divided into and dispersed as minute droplets into a bulk aqueous phase, the resulting composition is called an —water (o/w) emulsion.

Emulsions can contain additional ents in addition to the dispersed phases, and the Dg which can be present as a on in either the aqueous phase, oily phase or itself [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM as a separate phase. ceutical excipients such as emulsifiers, stabilizers, dyes, and anti— oxidants can also be present in ons as needed. Pharmaceutical emulsions can also be multiple emulsions that are comprised of more than two phases such as, for example, in the case of oil—in—water—in—oil (o/w/o) and water—in—oil—in—water (w/o/w) emulsions. Such complex formulations often provide certain advantages that simple binary emulsions do not.

Multiple emulsions in which individual oil droplets of an o/w emulsion e small water droplets tute a w/o/w emulsion. Likewise a system of oil droplets enclosed in globules of water ized in an oily uous phase provides an o/w/o emulsion.

Emulsions are characterized by little or no thermodynamic ity. Often, the dispersed or discontinuous phase of the emulsion is well dispersed into the external or continuous phase and maintained in this form through the means of emulsifiers or the viscosity of the formulation. Either of the phases of the emulsion can be a semisolid or a solid, as is the case of emulsion—style ointment bases and creams. Other means of stabilizing emulsions entail the use of fiers that can be incorporated into either phase of the emulsion. Emulsifiers can broadly be classified into four categories: synthetic surfactants, naturally occurring emulsifiers, absorption bases, and finely sed solids (see e.g., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, LV., Popovich NG., and Ansel HC., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, NY; Idson, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 199). tic surfactants, also known as surface active agents, have found wide applicability in the formulation of ons and have been reviewed in the literature (see e.g., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug ry Systems, Allen, LV., Popovich NG., and Ansel HC., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, NY; Rieger, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 285; Idson, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1988, volume 1, p. 199). Surfactants are typically amphiphilic and comprise a hilic and a hydrophobic portion. The ratio of the hydrophilic to the hydrophobic nature of the surfactant has been termed the hydrophile/lipophile balance (HLB) and is a le tool in categorizing and selecting surfactants in the preparation of formulations. Surfactants can be classified into different s based on the nature of the hydrophilic group: nonionic, anionic, cationic and amphoteric (see e.g., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, LV., Popovich NG., and Ansel HC., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, NY Rieger, in ceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 285).

Naturally occurring emulsifiers used in emulsion formulations include lanolin, beesvxDphosphatides, lecithin and acacia. Absorption bases possess hydrophilic properties [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM such that they can soak up water to form w/o emulsions yet retain their semisolid consistencies, such as anhydrous lanolin and hilic petrolatum. Finely divided solids have also been used as good fiers especially in combination with surfactants and in viscous preparations. These include polar inorganic solids, such as heavy metal hydroxides, nonswelling clays such as bentonite, attapulgite, hectorite, kaolin, montmorillonite, colloidal um silicate and colloidal magnesium aluminum silicate, pigments and nonpolar solids such as carbon or glyceryl tristearate.

A large variety of ulsifying materials are also included in emulsion formulations and contribute to the properties of emulsions. These include fats, oils, waxes, fatty acids, fatty alcohols, fatty esters, humectants, hydrophilic colloids, preservatives and antioxidants (Block, in ceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 335; Idson, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, man, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 199).

Hydrophilic colloids or hydrocolloids include naturally occurring gums and tic polymers such as polysaccharides (for example, acacia, agar, alginic acid, carrageenan, guar gum, karaya gum, and tragacanth), cellulose derivatives (for example, carboxymethylcellulose and carboxypropylcellulose), and synthetic polymers (for example, carbomers, cellulose ethers, and carboxyvinyl polymers). These disperse or swell in water to form dal solutions that stabilize emulsions by forming strong interfacial films around the dispersed—phase droplets and by sing the viscosity of the external phase.

Since emulsions often n a number of ingredients such as ydrates, proteins, sterols and phosphatides that can readily t the growth of microbes, these formulations often incorporate preservatives. Commonly used preservatives included in emulsion formulations include methyl paraben, propyl paraben, quaternary ammonium salts, benzalkonium de, esters of p—hydroxybenzoic acid, and boric acid. Antioxidants are also commonly added to emulsion formulations to prevent deterioration of the formulation.

Antioxidants used can be free radical scavengers such as tocopherols, alkyl gallates, ted hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, or reducing agents such as ascorbic acid and sodium metabisulfite, and antioxidant synergists such as citric acid, ic acid, and lecithin.

The application of emulsion formulations via dermatological, oral and parenteral routes and methods for their manufacture have been reviewed in the literature (see e.g. s Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, LV., Popovich NG., and Ansel HC., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, NY; Idson, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 199). Emulsion ations for oral delivery have been very widely used because of ease of ation, as well as efficacy from an absorD and bioavailability standpoint (see e.g. Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, LV., Popovich NG., and Ansel HC., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, NY; Rosoff, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, NY, volume 1, p. 245; Idson, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel , Inc., New York, NY, volume 1, p. 199). Mineral—oil base laxatives, oil—soluble vitamins and high fat nutritive ations are among the materials that have commonly been administered orally as o/w emulsions. ii. mulsions In one embodiment of the present invention, the compositions of iRNAs and nucleic acids are formulated as microemulsions. A microemulsion can be defined as a system of water, oil and amphiphile which is a single optically isotropic and thermodynamically stable liquid solution (see e.g., s Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, LV., Popovich NG., and Ansel HC., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, NY; , in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, NY, volume 1, p. 245). Typically microemulsions are systems that are ed by first dispersing an oil in an aqueous surfactant solution and then adding a sufficient amount of a fourth component, generally an intermediate chain—length alcohol to form a transparent system. Therefore, mulsions have also been bed as thermodynamically stable, isotropically clear dispersions of two immiscible liquids that are stabilized by interfacial films of surface—active molecules (Leung and Shah, in: Controlled Release of Drugs: Polymers and Aggregate s, Rosoff, M., Ed., 1989, VCH Publishers, New York, pages 185—215). Microemulsions commonly are prepared via a combination of three to five ents that include oil, water, tant, cosurfactant and electrolyte. Whether the microemulsion is of the water—in—oil (w/o) or an oil— in—water (o/w) type is dependent on the properties of the oil and surfactant used and on the structure and geometric g of the polar heads and hydrocarbon tails of the surfactant molecules (Schott, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 271).

The enological approach utilizing phase diagrams has been extensively studied and has yielded a comprehensive knowledge, to one skilled in the art, of how to formulate microemulsions (see e.g., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, LV., Popovich NG., and Ansel HC., 2004, cott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, NY; Rosoff, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel , Inc., New York, NY, volume 1, p. 245; Block, in ceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, NY, volume 1, p. 335). Compared to conventional emulsions, microemulsions offer the advantage of solubilizing water—insoluble drugs in a formulation of thermDnamically stable droplets that are formed spontaneously.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Surfactants used in the preparation of microemulsions include, but are not limited to, ionic surfactants, nic surfactants, Brij 96, polyoxyethylene oleyl ethers, polyglycerol fatty acid esters, tetraglycerol monolaurate (ML310), tetraglycerol monooleate (M0310), ycerol monooleate (P0310), ycerol pentaoleate (P0500), decaglycerol monocaprate (MCA750), decaglycerol monooleate (M0750), decaglycerol sequioleate (80750), decaglycerol decaoleate (DA0750), alone or in combination with cosurfactants.

The cosurfactant, usually a short—chain alcohol such as ethanol, 1—propanol, and 1—butanol, serves to increase the interfacial y by penetrating into the surfactant film and uently creating a disordered film because of the void space generated among surfactant molecules. Microemulsions can, however, be prepared without the use of cosurfactants and alcohol—free self—emulsifying microemulsion systems are known in the art. The aqueous phase can lly be, but is not limited to, water, an aqueous solution of the drug, ol, PEG300, PEG400, polyglycerols, ene glycols, and derivatives of ne glycol. The oil phase can include, but is not limited to, als such as CapteX 300, CapteX 355, Capmul MCM, fatty acid esters, medium chain (C8—C12) mono, di, and tri—glycerides, polyoxyethylated glyceryl fatty acid esters, fatty alcohols, polyglycolized glycerides, saturated polyglycolized C8—C10 glycerides, vegetable oils and silicone oil.

Microemulsions are particularly of interest from the standpoint of drug solubilization and the ed absorption of drugs. Lipid based microemulsions (both o/w and w/o) have been proposed to enhance the oral bioavailability of drugs, including peptides (see e. 57., US.

Patent Nos. 6,191,105; 7,063,860; 7,070,802; 7,157,099; ntinides et al., Pharmaceutical Research, 1994, 11, 1385-1390; Ritschel, Meth. Find. Exp. Clin.

Pharmacol., 1993, 13, 205). Microemulsions afford advantages of improved drug solubilization, tion of drug from enzymatic hydrolysis, possible enhancement of drug absorption due to surfactant—induced alterations in membrane fluidity and permeability, ease of preparation, ease of oral administration over solid dosage forms, improved clinical potency, and decreased toxicity (see e.g., US. Patent Nos. 6,191,105; 7,063,860; 7,070,802; 7,157,099; Constantinides et al., Pharmaceutical Research, 1994, 11, 1385; Ho et al., J.

Pharm. Sci, 1996, 85, 138—143). 0ften microemulsions can form spontaneously when their components are brought together at ambient temperature. This can be particularly advantageous when formulating thermolabile drugs, peptides or iRNAs. Microemulsions have also been effective in the transdermal delivery of active components in both cosmetic and pharmaceutical applications. It is expected that the mulsion compositions and formulations of the present invention will facilitate the increased systemic absorption of iRNAs and nucleic acids from the intestinal tract, as well as e the local cellular uptake of iRNAs and nucleic acids. mulsions of the present invention can also contain additional components and additiDsuch as sorbitan monostearate (Grill 3), Labrasol, and penetration enhancers to [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM improve the properties of the formulation and to enhance the absorption of the iRNAs and nucleic acids of the present invention. Penetration enhancers used in the microemulsions of the present invention can be classified as belonging to one of five broad categories—— surfactants, fatty acids, bile salts, chelating agents, and non—chelating non—surfactants (Lee et al., Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug r Systems, 1991, p. 92). Each of these classes has been discussed above. iii. Microparticles An RNAi agent of the invention may be incorporated into a particle, e.g., a microparticle. Microparticles can be produced by spray—drying, but may also be produced by other methods including lization, evaporation, fluid bed drying, vacuum drying, or a combination of these techniques. iv. Penetration Enhancers In one embodiment, the present invention employs various penetration enhancers to effect the efficient delivery of nucleic acids, particularly iRNAs, to the skin of animals. Most drugs are present in solution in both ionized and ized forms. However, usually only lipid soluble or lipophilic drugs y cross cell membranes. It has been discovered that even non—lipophilic drugs can cross cell membranes if the membrane to be crossed is treated with a penetration enhancer. In addition to aiding the diffusion of non—lipophilic drugs across cell membranes, penetration ers also enhance the permeability of lipophilic drugs.

Penetration enhancers can be fied as belonging to one of five broad categories, i.e., tants, fatty acids, bile salts, ing agents, and non—chelating non—surfactants (see e. g., Malmsten, M. Surfactants and polymers in drug delivery, Informa Health Care, New York, NY, 2002; Lee et al., Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1991, p.92). Each of the above mentioned classes of ation enhancers are described below in greater detail.

Surfactants (or "surface—active agents") are chemical entities which, when dissolved in an aqueous on, reduce the e n of the solution or the interfacial tension between the aqueous solution and r liquid, with the result that absorption of iRNAs through the mucosa is enhanced. In addition to bile salts and fatty acids, these penetration enhancers include, for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, polyoxyethylene—9—lauryl ether and polyoxyethylene—20—cetyl ether) (see e.g., Malmsten, M. Surfactants and rs in drug delivery, Informa Health Care, New York, NY, 2002; Lee et al., Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1991, p.92); and perfluorochemical emulsions, such as FC—43. Takahashi et al., J. Pharm. Pharmacol., 1988, 40, 252). s fatty acids and their derivatives which act as penetration enhancers include, for example, oleic acid, lauric acid, capric acid (n—decanoic acid), myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, dicaprate, tricaprate, monoolein (l—monooleoyl—rac— gIYCCID dilaurin, caprylic acid, arachidonic acid, glycerol l—monocaprate, l— [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM dodecylazacycloheptan—2—one, mitines, acylcholines, C1_20 alkyl esters thereof (e.g., methyl, isopropyl and t—butyl), and mono— and di—glycerides thereof (i.e., oleate, laurate, caprate, myristate, palmitate, stearate, linoleate, etc.) (see e.g., Touitou, E., et al.

Enhancement in Drug Delivery, CRC Press, Danvers, MA, 2006; Lee et al., Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1991, p.92; Muranishi, Critical Reviews in eutic Drug r Systems, 1990, 7, 1—33; El Hariri et al., J. Pharm. col., 1992, 44, 651- 654).

The physiological role of bile includes the tation of dispersion and absorption of lipids and fat—soluble vitamins (see e.g., Malmsten, M. Surfactants and polymers in drug delivery, Informa Health Care, New York, NY, 2002; n, Chapter 38 in: Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 9th Ed., Hardman et al. Eds., McGraw— Hill, New York, 1996, pp. 934—935). Various natural bile salts, and their synthetic derivatives, act as penetration enhancers. Thus the term "bile salts" includes any of the naturally ing components of bile as well as any of their synthetic derivatives. le bile salts include, for example, cholic acid (or its pharmaceutically acceptable sodium salt, sodium cholate), dehydrocholic acid (sodium dehydrocholate), deoxycholic acid (sodium holate), glucholic acid (sodium glucholate), glycholic acid (sodium glycocholate), eoxycholic acid (sodium glycodeoxycholate), taurocholic acid (sodium taurocholate), taurodeoxycholic acid (sodium taurodeoxycholate), chenodeoxycholic acid (sodium chenodeoxycholate), ursodeoxycholic acid (UDCA), sodium tauro—24,25—dihydro—fusidate (STDHF), sodium glycodihydrofusidate and polyoxyethylene—9—lauryl ether (POE) (see e.g., Malmsten, M. Surfactants and polymers in drug delivery, Informa Health Care, New York, NY, 2002; Lee et al., al Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier s, 1991, page 92; Swinyard, Chapter 39 In: Remington's ceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Gennaro, ed., Mack Publishing Co., , Pa., 1990, pages 782—783; Muranishi, Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1990, 7, 1—33; Yamamoto et al., J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1992, 263, 25; Yamashita et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1990, 79, 579-583).

Chelating agents, as used in connection with the present invention, can be defined as compounds that remove metallic ions from on by forming complexes therewith, with the result that absorption of iRNAs through the mucosa is enhanced. With regards to their use as penetration enhancers in the present invention, chelating agents have the added advantage of also serving as DNase inhibitors, as most characterized DNA nucleases require a divalent metal ion for catalysis and are thus ted by chelating agents tt, J. Chromatogr., 1993, 618, 315—339). Suitable chelating agents include but are not limited to disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA), citric acid, salicylates (e.g., sodium salicylate, 5— methoxysalicylate and homovanilate), N—acyl derivatives of collagen, laureth—9 and N—amino acyl derivatives of beta—diketones (enamines)(see e.g., Katdare, A. et al., Excipient develDent for pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and drug delivery, CRC Press, Danvers, [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM MA, 2006; Lee et al., Critical s in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1991, page 92; shi, Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1990, 7, 1—33; Buur et al., J. Control Rel, 1990, 14, 43—51).

As used herein, non—chelating rfactant penetration enhancing compounds can be defined as compounds that demonstrate insignificant activity as chelating agents or as surfactants but that nonetheless enhance absorption of iRNAs through the alimentary mucosa (see e.g., Muranishi, Critical Reviews in eutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1990, 7, 1—33).

This class of penetration enhancers includes, for e, unsaturated cyclic ureas, 1—alkyl— and 1—alkenylazacyclo—alkanone derivatives (Lee et al., Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug r Systems, 1991, page 92); and non—steroidal anti—inflammatory agents such as diclofenac , indomethacin and phenylbutazone (Yamashita et al., J. Pharm.

Pharmacol., 1987, 39, 6).

Agents that enhance uptake of iRNAs at the cellular level can also be added to the ceutical and other itions of the present invention. For example, cationic lipids, such as lipofectin (Junichi et al, US. Pat. No. 5,705,188), cationic glycerol derivatives, and polycationic molecules, such as sine (Lollo et al., PCT ation WO 97/30731), are also known to enhance the cellular uptake of dsRNAs. Examples of commercially ble transfection reagents include, for example LipofectamineTM (Invitrogen; ad, CA), Lipofectamine 2000TM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA), 293fectinTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA), CellfectinTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA), DMRIE—CTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA), FreeStyleTM MAX (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA), LipofectamineTM 2000 CD (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA), LipofectamineTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA), RNAiMAX (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA), OligofectamineTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA), OptifectTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA), X—tremeGENE Q2 Transfection Reagent (Roche; Grenzacherstrasse, Switzerland), DOTAP Liposomal Transfection Reagent (Grenzacherstrasse, Switzerland), DOSPER Liposomal Transfection Reagent (Grenzacherstrasse, Switzerland), or Fugene (Grenzacherstrasse, rland), Transfectam® Reagent (Promega; Madison, WI), TransFastTM ection Reagent (Promega; n, WI), foTM—20 Reagent ga; Madison, WI), foTM—50 Reagent (Promega; Madison, WI), DreamFectTM (OZ Biosciences; Marseille, France), EcoTransfect (OZ Biosciences; Marseille, France), TransPassa D1 Transfection Reagent (New England Biolabs; Ipswich, MA, USA), LyoVecTM/LipoGenTM (Invitrogen; San Diego, CA, USA), PerFectin Transfection Reagent (Genlantis; San Diego, CA, USA), NeuroPORTER Transfection Reagent (Genlantis; San Diego, CA, USA), GenePORTER ection reagent (Genlantis; San Diego, CA, USA), GenePORTER 2 Transfection reagent (Genlantis; San Diego, CA, USA), Cytofectin Transfection Reagent (Genlantis; San Diego, CA, USA), BaculoPORTER Transfection Reagent (Genlantis; San Diego, CA, USA), TroganPORTERTM transfection Reagent (Genlantis; San Diego, CA, USA ), Ribnt (Bioline; Taunton, MA, USA), PlasFect (Bioline; Taunton, MA, USA), [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM UniFECTOR (B—Bridge International; Mountain View, CA, USA), SureFECTOR (B—Bridge International; Mountain View, CA, USA), or HiFectTM (B—Bridge International, Mountain View, CA, USA), among others.

Other agents can be utilized to enhance the ation of the administered nucleic acids, including glycols such as ethylene glycol and propylene glycol, pyrrols such as 2— pyrrol, azones, and es such as limonene and menthone. v. Carriers Certain compositions of the present invention also incorporate carrier compounds in the formulation. As used herein, “carrier compound” or “carrier” can refer to a nucleic acid, or analog thereof, which is inert (i.e., does not possess biological activity per se) but is recognized as a nucleic acid by in viva processes that reduce the bioavailability of a nucleic acid having biological ty by, for example, degrading the biologically active nucleic acid or promoting its removal from circulation. The coadministration of a nucleic acid and a carrier compound, typically with an excess of the latter substance, can result in a ntial reduction of the amount of nucleic acid recovered in the liver, kidney or other extracirculatory oirs, presumably due to competition between the carrier nd and the nucleic acid for a common receptor. For example, the recovery of a partially phosphorothioate dsRNA in hepatic tissue can be reduced when it is nistered with osinic acid, n sulfate, polycytidic acid or 4—acetamido—4'isothiocyano—stilbene— 2,2'—disulfonic acid (Miyao et al., DsRNA Res. Dev., 1995, 5, 115—121; Takakura et al., DsRNA & Nucl. Acid Drug Dev., 1996, 6, 3. vi. ents In contrast to a carrier compound, a aceutical r” or “excipient” is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, suspending agent or any other pharmacologically inert vehicle for delivering one or more nucleic acids to an animal. The excipient can be liquid or solid and is selected, with the d manner of administration in mind, so as to provide for the desired bulk, consistency, etc., when combined with a nucleic acid and the other components of a given pharmaceutical composition. Typical pharmaceutical carriers include, but are not limited to, binding agents (e.g., pregelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, etc.); fillers (e.g., lactose and other sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, pectin, gelatin, calcium sulfate, ethyl cellulose, polyacrylates or calcium hydrogen phosphate, etc.); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, silica, colloidal silicon dioxide, stearic acid, metallic stearates, hydrogenated vegetable oils, corn starch, polyethylene s, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, etc.); disintegrants (e.g., starch, sodium starch glycolate, etc.); and wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate, etc).

Pharmaceutically acceptable c or inorganic excipients suitable for non— parenteral administration which do not deleteriously react with nucleic acids can also be used to foOte the compositions of the present invention. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM carriers include, but are not limited to, water, salt solutions, ls, polyethylene glycols, gelatin, lactose, amylose, magnesium te, talc, silicic acid, viscous paraffin, hydroxymethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone and the like.

Formulations for topical administration of nucleic acids can include sterile and non— sterile aqueous solutions, non—aqueous solutions in common solvents such as alcohols, or solutions of the nucleic acids in liquid or solid oil bases. The ons can also contain buffers, ts and other suitable additives. Pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic excipients suitable for non—parenteral administration which do not deleteriously react with nucleic acids can be used.

Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include, but are not limited to, water, salt solutions, alcohol, polyethylene s, gelatin, lactose, amylose, magnesium stearate, talc, silicic acid, viscous paraffin, hydroxymethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone and the like. vii. Other ents The itions of the t invention can additionally contain other adjunct components conventionally found in pharmaceutical itions, at their art—established usage levels. Thus, for example, the compositions can contain additional, compatible, pharmaceutically—active materials such as, for example, antipruritics, gents, local anesthetics or anti—inflammatory agents, or can contain additional materials useful in physically formulating various dosage forms of the compositions of the t invention, such as dyes, flavoring agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opacifiers, ning agents and izers. However, such als, when added, should not unduly ere with the biological activities of the components of the compositions of the present invention. The formulations can be sterilized and, if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents, e.g., lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, colorings, flavorings and/or aromatic substances and the like which do not deleteriously interact with the nucleic acid(s) of the formulation.

Aqueous suspensions can contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension including, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran.

The suspension can also contain stabilizers.

In some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions featured in the invention include (a) one or more iRNA compounds and (b) one or more agents which function by a non—RNAi mechanism and which are useful in treating a bleeding disorder. Examples of such agents include, but are not lmited to an anti—inflammatory agent, teatosis agent, iral, and/or anti—fibrosis agent. In addition, other substances commonly used to protect the liver, such as silymarin, can also be used in conjunction with the iRNAs bed herein. Other agents useful for treating liver diseases include telbivudine, entecavir, and protease inhibitors such as evir and other disclosed, for example, in Tung et al., US. Application [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Publication Nos. 2005/0148548, 2004/0167116, and 2003/0144217; and in Hale et al., US.

Application Publication No. 2004/0127488.

Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell es or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds that exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred.

The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in ating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of compositions featured herein in the invention lies generally within a range of circulating concentrations that e the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the s featured in the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range of the compound or, when appropriate, of the polypeptide product of a target sequence (e.g., ing a sed tration of the polypeptide) that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half—maximal inhibition of symptoms) as ined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high mance liquid chromatography.

In addition to their administration, as discussed above, the iRNAs featured in the invention can be stered in combination with other known agents effective in treatment of pathological processes mediated by Serpinal expression. In any event, the administering physician can adjust the amount and timing of iRNA administration on the basis of results observed using standard es of efficacy known in the art or described herein.

IV. Methods For Inhibiting Serpinal Expression The present invention provides methods of inhibiting expression of a Serpinal in a cell. The methods include contacting a cell with an RNAi agent, 6.57., a double stranded RNAi agent, in an amount effective to inhibit sion of the Serpinal in the cell, thereby inhibiting sion of the Serpinal in the cell. ting of a cell with a double ed RNAi agent may be done in vitro or in viva. Contacting a cell in vivo with the RNAi agent includes contacting a cell or group of cells within a subject, 6.57., a human subject, with the RNAi agent. Combinations of in vitro and in viva methods of contacting are also possible. Contacting may be direct or indirect, as discussed above. Furthermore, contacting a cell may be accomplished via a targeting ligand, inclurn any ligand described herein or known in the art. In preferred embodiments, the [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM targeting ligand is a carbohydrate moiety, e.g., a GalNAC3 ligand, or any other ligand that directs the RNAi agent to a site of interest, 6.57., the liver of a subject.

The term “inhibiting,” as used herein, is used interchangeably with “reducing,” “silencing,” “downregulating” and other r terms, and includes any level of inhibition.

The phrase “inhibiting expression of a Serpinal” is intended to refer to inhibition of expression of any al gene (such as, 6.57., a mouse Serpinal gene, a rat Serpinal gene, a monkey Serpinal gene, or a human Serpinal gene) as well as variants or mutants of a Serpinal gene. Thus, the Serpinal gene may be a ype Serpinal gene, a mutant Serpinal gene, or a transgenic Serpinal gene in the context of a genetically manipulated cell, group of cells, or organism. iting expression of a Serpinal gene” includes any level of tion of a Serpinal gene, 6.57., at least partial ssion of the expression of a Serpinal gene. The expression of the al gene may be assessed based on the level, or the change in the level, of any le associated with Serpinal gene expression, e.g., Serpinal mRNA level, Serpinal protein level, or lipid levels. This level may be assessed in an individual cell or in a group of cells, including, for example, a sample derived from a subject.

Inhibition may be assessed by a decrease in an absolute or relative level of one or more variables that are associated with Serpinal expression compared with a control level.

The control level may be any type of control level that is utilized in the art, e.g., a pre—dose baseline level, or a level determined from a similar subject, cell, or sample that is untreated or treated with a control (such as, 6.57., buffer only control or inactive agent control).

In some embodiments of the methods of the invention, expression of a Serpinal gene is inhibited by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%, at least about 93%, at least about 94%. at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%. tion of the expression of a Serpinal gene may be manifested by a reduction of the amount of mRNA expressed by a first cell or group of cells (such cells may be present, for example, in a sample derived from a subject) in which a Serpinal gene is ribed and which has or have been treated (e.g., by contacting the cell or cells with an RNAi agent of the invention, or by administering an RNAi agent of the invention to a subject in which the cells are or were present) such that the expression of a Serpinal gene is inhibited, as compared to a second cell or group of cells substantially cal to the first cell or group of cells but which has not or have not been so treated (control cell(s)). In preferred ments, the inhibition is assessed by expressing the level of mRNA in treated cells as a percentage of the level of mRND control cells, using the following formula: [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM (mRNA in control cells) — (mRNA in treated cells) 0100% (mRNA in control cells) Alternatively, inhibition of the expression of a Serpinal gene may be assessed in terms of a reduction of a parameter that is functionally linked to Serpinal gene expression, e.g., Serpinal protein expression, such as ALT, alkaline phosphatase, bilirubin, prothrombin and albumin. Serpinal gene ing may be determined in any cell expressing Serpinal, either constitutively or by genomic engineering, and by any assay known in the art. The liver is the major site of Serpinal expression. Other significant sites of expression include the lung and intestines.

Inhibition of the expression of a al protein may be manifested by a reduction in the level of the Serpinal protein that is expressed by a cell or group of cells (e.g., the level of protein expressed in a sample d from a subject). As explained above for the assessment of mRNA ssion, the inhibiton of protein expression levels in a treated cell or group of cells may similarly be expressed as a percentage of the level of protein in a control cell or group of cells.

A control cell or group of cells that may be used to assess the inhibition of the expression of a al gene includes a cell or group of cells that has not yet been contacted with an RNAi agent of the invention. For example, the control cell or group of cells may be derived from an dual subject (e.g., a human or animal subject) prior to treatment of the subject with an RNAi agent.

The level of Serpinal mRNA that is expressed by a cell or group of cells may be determined using any method known in the art for ing mRNA expression. In one embodiment, the level of sion of Serpinal in a sample is determined by detecting a transcribed polynucleotide, or portion thereof, e.g., mRNA of the Serpinal gene. RNA may be extracted from cells using RNA extraction ques including, for example, using acid phenol/guanidine isothiocyanate extraction (RNAzol B; Biogenesis), RNeasy RNA preparation kits (Qiagen) or PAXgene (PreAnalytix, Switzerland). Typical assay formats ing ribonucleic acid hybridization include nuclear run—on assays, RT—PCR, RNase protection assays (Melton et al., Nuc. Acids Res. 12:7035), Northern blotting, in situ hybridization, and microarray analysis.

In one embodiment, the level of expression of Serpinal is determined using a nucleic acid probe. The term "probe", as used herein, refers to any molecule that is capable of selectively binding to a specific Serpinal. Probes can be sized by one of skill in the art, or derived from appropriate biological preparations. Probes may be specifically designed to be d. Examples of molecules that can be utilized as probes include, but are not limited to, RNA, DNA, proteins, antibodies, and c molecules.

Isolated mRNA can be used in hybridization or amplification assays that e, but are nchited to, Southern or Northern analyses, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) analyses [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM and probe arrays. One method for the determination of mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid le (probe) that can ize to Serpinal mRNA.

In one embodiment, the mRNA is immobilized on a solid e and contacted with a probe, for example by running the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane, such as nitrocellulose. In an ative embodiment, the probe(s) are immobilized on a solid surface and the mRNA is contacted with the probe(s), for example, in an Affymetrix gene chip array. A skilled artisan can readily adapt known mRNA detection methods for use in determining the level of Serpinal mRNA.

An alternative method for determining the level of expression of Serpinal in a sample involves the process of nucleic acid amplification and/or e riptase (to prepare cDNA) of for example mRNA in the sample, 6.57., by RT—PCR (the experimental embodiment set forth in , 1987, US. Pat. No. 4,683,202), ligase chain reaction (Barany (1991) Proc.

Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 189—193), self sustained ce replication (Guatelli et al. (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1874—1878), transcriptional amplification system (Kwoh et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:1173—1177), Q—Beta Replicase (Lizardi et al. (1988) Bio/Technology 6:1197), rolling circle replication di et al., US. Pat. No. 5,854,033) or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques well known to those of skill in the art. These detection schemes are especially useful for the detection of nucleic acid molecules if such molecules are present in very low numbers. In particular aspects of the invention, the level of expression of Serpinal is determined by quantitative fluorogenic RT—PCR (i.e., the TaqManTM System).

The expression levels of Serpinal mRNA may be red using a membrane blot (such as used in ization analysis such as Northern, Southern, dot, and the like), or ells, sample tubes, gels, beads or fibers (or any solid support comprising bound nucleic acids). See US. Pat. Nos. 5,770,722, 5,874,219, 5,744,305, 5,677,195 and 934, which are incorporated herein by nce. The determination of Serpinal expression level may also comprise using nucleic acid probes in solution.

In preferred embodiments, the level of mRNA expression is assessed using ed DNA (bDNA) assays or real time PCR (qPCR). The use of these methods is described and exemplified in the Examples presented herein.

The level of Serpinal protein expression may be determined using any method known in the art for the measurement of protein levels. Such methods include, for example, electrophoresis, capillary electrophoresis, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), thin layer chromatography (TLC), hyperdiffusion chromatography, fluid or gel precipitin ons, absorption spectroscopy, a colorimetric assays, spectrophotometric assays, flow cytometry, immunodiffusion (single or double), immunoelectrophoresis, Western blotting, radioimmunoassay (RIA), enzyme—linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immuDuorescent assays, electrochemiluminescence assays, and the like.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM The term “sample” as used herein refers to a collection of similar fluids, cells, or tissues isolated from a subject, as well as fluids, cells, or tissues present Within a subject.

Examples of biological fluids include blood, serum and serosal fluids, plasma, lymph, urine, cerebrospinal fluid, saliva, ocular fluids, and the like. Tissue samples may include samples from tissues, organs or localized regions. For example, s may be derived from particular organs, parts of , or fluids or cells Within those organs. In certain embodiments, samples may be derived from the liver (e.g., Whole liver or certain ts of liver or n types of cells in the liver, such as, 6.57., hepatocytes). In preferred embodiments, a “sample derived from a subject” refers to blood or plasma drawn from the subject. In further embodiments, a “sample d from a t” refers to liver tissue derived from the subject.

In some embodiments of the methods of the invention, the RNAi agent is administered to a subject such that the RNAi agent is delivered to a specific site Within the subject. The inhibition of expression of Serpinal may be assessed using measurements of the level or change in the level of Serpinal mRNA or Serpinal protein in a sample d from fluid or tissue from the specific site Within the subject. In preferred embodiments, the site is the liver. The site may also be a subsection or subgroup of cells from any one of the aforementioned sites. The site may also include cells that express a particular type of receptor.

V. Methods for ng or Preventing a Serpinal Associated Disease The present ion also provides methods for treating or preventing diseases and conditions that can be modulated by down regulating Serpinal gene expression. For example, the compositions described herein can be used to treat Serpinal associated es, such as liver diseases, e.g., chronic liver disease, liver inflammation, cirrhosis, liver fibrosis, and/or hepatocellular carcinoma, and other pathological conditions that may be associated with these disorders, such as lung inflammation, emphysema, and COPD.

The present ion also provides methods for inhibiting the development of hepatocellular carcinoma in a subject, e.g., a subject having a Serpinal deficiency variant.

The methods include administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of the invention to the t, thereby inhibiting the development of hepatocellular carcinoma in the subject. s and uses of the compositions of the invention for reducing the accumulation of misfolded Serpinal in the liver of a t, e.g., a subject having a Serpinal ency variant, are also provided by the present invention. The methods include itering a eutically effective amount of a composition of the invention to the subject, thereby reducing the accumulation of misfolded Serpinal in the liver of the subject.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM As used herein, a "subject" includes a human or non—human animal, preferably a vertebrate, and more ably a mammal. A subject may include a transgenic organism.

Most preferably, the subject is a human, such as a human suffering from or predisposed to developing a Serpinal—associated disease. In one embodiment, the subject suffering or predisposed to developing a Serpinal—associated disease has one or more Serpinal deficient alleles, e.g., a PIZ, PIS, or PIM(Malton) allele.

In further ments of the invention, an iRNA agent of the invention is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent. The iRNA agent and an additional therapeutic agent can be administered in combination in the same composition, e.g., parenterally, or the additional therapeutic agent can be administered as part of a separate composition or by another method described herein.

Examples of additional therapeutic agents suitable for use in the methods of the invention include those agents known to treat liver disorders, such as liver cirhosis. For example, an iRNA agent featured in the invention can be stered with, 6.57., ursodeoxycholic acid (UDCA), immunosuppressive agents, methotrexate, corticosteroids, cyclosporine, colchicine, antipruritic treatments, such as stamines, cholestyramine, colestipol, rifampin, dronabinol (Marinol), and plasmaphesesis, prophylactic antibiotics, ultraviolet light, zinc supplements, and hepatitis A, za and pneumococci vaccination.

In some embodiments of the methods of the invention, Serpinal expression is decreased for an extended on, e.g., at least one week, two weeks, three weeks, or four weeks or . For example, in certain ces, expression of the Serpinal gene is suppressed by at least about 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, or 55% by administration of an iRNA agent described herein. In some ments, the Serpinal gene is ssed by at least about 60%, 70%, or 80% by administration of the iRNA agent.

In some embodiments, the Serpinal gene is suppressed by at least about 85%, 90%, or 95% by administration of the iRNA agent.

The iRNA agents of the invention may be administered to a subject using any mode of stration known in the art, including, but not limited to subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraocular, intrabronchial, leural, intraperitoneal, intraarterial, lymphatic, cerebrospinal, and any combinations thereof. In preferred embodiments, the iRNA agents are administered subcutaneously.

In some embodiments, the administration is via a depot injection. A depot injection may release the iRNA agents in a consistent way over a prolonged time period. Thus, a depot injection may reduce the ncy of dosing needed to obtain a desired , e.g. , a desired inhibition of Serpinal, or a eutic or prophylactic effect. A depot injection may also provide more consistent serum concentrations. Depot injections may include subcutaneous injections or intramuscular injections. In preferred embodiments, the depot injection is a subcuDous injection.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM In some embodiments, the administration is via a pump. The pump may be an external pump or a surgically implanted pump. In certain embodiments, the pump is a subcutaneously implanted osmotic pump. In other embodiments, the pump is an infusion pump. An infusion pump may be used for intravenous, subcutaneous, arterial, or epidural infusions. In preferred embodiments, the infusion pump is a subcutaneous infusion pump. In other embodiments, the pump is a surgically ted pump that delivers the RNAi agent to the liver.

Other modes of administration include epidural, intracerebral, intracerebroventricular, nasal administration, rterial, intracardiac, intraosseous infusion, intrathecal, and intravitreal, and pulmonary. The mode of administration may be chosen based upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and based upon the area to be treated. The route and site of administration may be chosen to enhance ing.

The methods of the invention include administering an iRNA agent at a dose sufficient to suppress/decrease levels of Serpinal mRNA for at least 5, more preferably 7, 10, 14, 21, 25, 30 or 40 days; and optionally, administering a second single dose of the iRNA agent, wherein the second single dose is administered at least 5, more ably 7, 10, 14, 21, 25, 30 or 40 days after the first single dose is administered, thereby inhibiting the expression of the Serpinal gene in a subject.

In one embodiment, doses of an iRNA agent of the invention are stered not more than once every four weeks, not more than once every three weeks, not more than once every two weeks, or not more than once every week. In another embodiment, the administrations can be maintained for one, two, three, or six months, or one year or longer.

In general, the iRNA agent does not activate the immune system, e.g., it does not increase cytokine levels, such as pha or pha levels. For example, when measured by an assay, such as an in vitro PBMC assay, such as described herein, the increase in levels of TNF—alpha or IFN—alpha, is less than 30%, 20%, or 10% of control cells treated with a control iRNA agent, such as an iRNA agent that does not target Serpinal.

For example, a subject can be administered a therapeutic amount of an iRNA agent, such as 0.5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 15 mg/kg, 2.0 mg/kg, or 2.5 mg/kg dsRNA. The iRNA agent can be administered by intravenous infusion over a period of time, such as over a 5 minute, minute, 15 minute, 20 minute, or 25 minute period. The administration is repeated, for example, on a regular basis, such as biweekly (i.e., every two weeks) for one month, two , three months, four months or .

After an initial treatment regimen, the treatments can be administered on a less frequent basis. For example, after administration biweekly for three months, stration can be repeated once per month, for six months or a year or longer. stration of the iRNADnt can reduce Serpinal levels, 6.57., in a cell, tissue, blood, urine, organ (e.g., the [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM liver), or other compartment of the t by at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least %, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80 % or at least 90% or more.

Before administration of a full dose of the iRNA agent, patients can be administered a smaller dose, and monitored for adverse effects, such as an allergic reaction, or for elevated lipid levels or blood pressure. In another e, the patient can be monitored for unwanted immunostimulatory effects, such as increased cytokine (e.g., TNF—alpha or INF—alpha) levels.

An exemplary smaller dose is one that results in an nce of infusion reaction of less than or equal to 5%.

Efficacy of ent or prevention of disease can be assessed, for example by measuring disease progression, disease remission, symptom ty, reduction in pain, quality of life, dose of a medication required to sustain a treatment effect, level of a disease marker or any other measurable parameter riate for a given disease being treated or targeted for tion. It is well within the ability of one skilled in the art to monitor efficacy of treatment or prevention by measuring any one of such parameters, or any combination of parameters. For example, efficacy of ent of liver fibrosis or ration of liver fibrosis can be ed, for example by periodic monitoring of liver fibrosis markers: a—2—macroglobulin(a—MA), transferrin, apolipoproteinAl, hyaluronic acid (HA), laminin, inal lagen III(PIIINP), 7S collagen IV (7S—IV), total bilirubin, indirect bilirubin, alanine aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase(AST), AST/ ALT, g—glutamyl transpeptidase(GGT), alkaline phosphatase(ALP), n, albumin/globulin, blood urea nitrogen(BUN), creatinine(Cr), triglyceride, cholersterol, high density lipoprotein and low density lipoprotein and liver puncture biopsy. Liver fibrosis markers can be measured and/or liver puncture biopsy can be performed before treatment (initial readings) and subsequently (later readings) during the treatment regimen.

Comparisons of the later readings with the initial gs provide a physician an indication of whether the treatment is effective. It is well within the ability of one skilled in the art to monitor efficacy of treatment or prevention by ing any one of such parameters, or any combination of parameters. In connection with the stration of an iRNA agent targeting Serpinal or pharmaceutical composition thereof, "effective against" a Serpinal associate disease, such as a liver disease, e.g., a hepatic fibrosis ion, tes that administration of an iRNA agent of the invention in a clinically appropriate manner results in a beneficial effect for at least a statistically significant fraction of patients, such as an improvement of symptoms, a cure, a reduction in disease load, reduction in tumor mass or cell numbers, extension of life, improvement in quality of life, or other effect generally ized as positive by medical doctors familiar with treating liver diseases.

In the methods of the invention, an iRNA agent as bed herein can be used to treat iD/iduals having the signs, symptoms and/or markers of, or being diagnosed with, or [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM being a risk of having an Serpinal associate e, such as a liver disease, e.g., liver inflammation, cirrhosis, liver fibrosis, and/or hepatoceullar carcinoma. One of skill in the art can easily monitor the signs, symptoms, and/or makers of such disorders in subjects receiving treatment with an iRNA agent as described herein and assay for a reduction in these signs, symptoms and/or makers of at least 10% and preferably to a clinical level representing a low risk of liver disease.

A treatment or preventive effect is evident when there is a statistically significant ement in one or more parameters of disease status, or by a failure to worsen or to develop symptoms where they would otherwise be anticipated. As an example, a favorable change of at least 10% in a measurable parameter of disease (such as a liver function described supra), and preferably at least 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% or more can be indicative of effective treatment.

Efficacy for a given iRNA agent of the invention or formulation of that iRNA agent can also be judged using an experimental animal model for the given disease as known in the art.

When using an mental animal model, efficacy of treatment is evidenced when a statistically significant reduction in a marker or symptom is observed.

A treatment or preventive effect is also evident when one or more symtoms are reduced or alleveiated. For example, a treatment or preventive is effective when one or more of weakness, fatigue, weight loss, nausea, vomiting, abdominal ng, extremity swelling, excessive itching, and jaundice of the eyes and/or skin is reduced or alleviated.

For certain indications, the efficacy can be measured by an increase in serum levels of Serpinal n. As an example, an increase of serum levels of properly folded Serpinal of at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 100%, at least 200% more can be indicative of effective treatment.

Alternatively, the cy can be measured by a reduction in the severity of disease as determined by one skilled in the art of diagnosis based on a clinically accepted disease severity grading scale, as but one example the Child—Pugh score (sometimes the Child— Turcotte—Pugh score). In this example, prognosis of chronic liver disease, mainly cirrhosis, is measured by an aggregate score of five clinical measures, billirubin, serum albumin, INR, ascites, and c encephalopathy. Each marker is ed a value from l—3, and the total value is used to provide a score categorized as A (5—6 points), B (7—9 points), or C (10—15 points), which can be correlated with one and two year survival rates. Methods for determination and is of Child—Pugh scores are well known in the art (Farnsworth et al, Am J Surgery 2004 0—583; Child and Turcotte. Surgery and portal hypertension. In: The liver and portal hypertension. Edited by CG Child. elphia: Saunders 0— 64; Pugh et al, Br J Surg 1973;60:648—52). Efficacy can be measured in this example by the movement of a patient from e.g., a "B" to an "A." Any ve change resulting in e.g., [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM lessening of severity of disease measured using the appropriate scale, represents adequate ent using an iRNA or iRNA formulation as described .

In one embodiment, the RNAi agent is administered at a dose of between about 0.25 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, e.g., between about 0.25 mg/kg to about 0.5 mg/kg, between about 0.25 mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg, between about 0.25 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, between about 0.25 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, between about 1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, between about 5 mg/kg to about 15 mg/kg, between about 10 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg, between about 15 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, between about 20 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, between about 25 mg/kg to about 35 mg/kg, or between about 40 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg.

In some embodiments, the RNAi agent is administered at a dose of about 0.25 mg/kg, about 0.5 mg/kg, about 1 mg/kg, about 2 mg/kg, about 3 mg/kg, about 4 mg/kg, about 5 mg/kg, about 6 mg/kg, about 7 mg/kg, about 8 mg/kg, about 9 mg/kg, about 10 mg/kg, about 11 mg/kg, about 12 mg/kg, about 13 mg/kg, about 14 mg/kg, about 15 mg/kg, about 16 mg/kg, about 17 mg/kg, about 18 mg/kg, about 19 mg/kg, about 20 mg/kg, about 21 mg/kg, about 22 mg/kg, about 23 mg/kg, about 24 mg/kg, about 25 mg/kg, about 26 mg/kg, about 27 mg/kg, about 28 mg/kg, about 29 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg, about 31 mg/kg, about 32 mg/kg, about 33 mg/kg, about 34 mg/kg, about 35 mg/kg, about 36 mg/kg, about 37 mg/kg, about 38 mg/kg, about 39 mg/kg, about 40 mg/kg, about 41 mg/kg, about 42 mg/kg, about 43 mg/kg, about 44 mg/kg, about 45 mg/kg, about 46 mg/kg, about 47 mg/kg, about 48 mg/kg, about 49 mg/kg or about 50 mg/kg.

In certain embodiments of the invention, for example, when a double—stranded RNAi agent includes modifications (e.g., one or more motifs of three identical modifications on three utive nucleotides, including one such motif at or near the cleavage site of the agent), siX phosphorothioate linkages, and a ligand, such an agent is stered at a dose of about 0.01 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.01 to about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.01 to about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.01 to about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.01 to about 0.1 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.09 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.08 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.07 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.06 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.05 mg/kg, about 0.02 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.02 to about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.02 to about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.02 to about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.02 to about 0.1 mg/kg, about 0.02 mg/kg to about 0.09 mg/kg, about 0.02 mg/kg to about 0.08 mg/kg, about 0.02 mg/kg to about 0.07 mg/kg, about 0.02 mg/kg to about 0.06 mg/kg, about 0.02 mg/kg to about 0.05 mg/kg, about 0.03 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.03 to about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.03 to about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.03 to about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.03 to about 0.1 mg/kg, about 0.03 mg/kg to about 0.09 mg/kg, about 0.03 mg/kg to about 0.08 mg/kg, about 0.03 mg/kg to about 0.07 mg/kg, about 0.03 mg/kg to about 0.06 mg/kg, about 0.03 mg/kg to about 0.05 mg/kg, about 0.04 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.04 to about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.04 to about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.04 to about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.04 to aboutDmg/kg, about 0.04 mg/kg to about 0.09 mg/kg, about 0.04 mg/kg to about 0.08 [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM mg/kg, about 0.04 mg/kg to about 0.07 mg/kg, about 0.04 mg/kg to about 0.06 mg/kg, about 0.05 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.05 to about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.05 to about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.05 to about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.05 to about 0.1 mg/kg, about 0.05 mg/kg to about 0.09 mg/kg, about 0.05 mg/kg to about 0.08 mg/kg, or about 0.05 mg/kg to about 0.07 mg/kg.

Values and ranges intermediate to the ing recited values are also intended to be part of this invention, e.g.,, the RNAi agent may be administered to the subject at a dose of about 0.015 mg/kg to about 0.45 mg/mg.

For example, the RNAi agent, e.g., RNAi agent in a pharmaceutical composition, may be administered at a dose of about 0.01 mg/kg, 0.0125 mg/kg, 0.015 mg/kg, 0.0175 mg/kg, 0.02 mg/kg, 0.0225 mg/kg, 0.025 mg/kg, 0.0275 mg/kg, 0.03 mg/kg, 0.0325 mg/kg, 0.035 mg/kg, 0.0375 mg/kg, 0.04 mg/kg, 0.0425 mg/kg, 0.045 mg/kg, 0.0475 mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg, 0.0525 mg/kg, 0.055 mg/kg, 0.0575 mg/kg, 0.06 mg/kg, 0.0625 mg/kg, 0.065 mg/kg, 0.0675 mg/kg, 0.07 mg/kg, 0.0725 mg/kg, 0.075 mg/kg, 0.0775 mg/kg, 0.08 mg/kg, 0.0825 mg/kg, 0.085 mg/kg, 0.0875 mg/kg, 0.09 mg/kg, 0.0925 mg/kg, 0.095 mg/kg, 0.0975 mg/kg, 0.1 mg/kg, 0.125 mg/kg, 0.15 mg/kg, 0.175 mg/kg, 0.2 mg/kg, 0.225 mg/kg, 0.25 mg/kg, 0.275 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.325 mg/kg, 0.35 mg/kg, 0.375 mg/kg, 0.4 mg/kg, 0.425 mg/kg, 0.45 mg/kg, 0.475 mg/kg, or about 0.5 mg/kg. Values intermediate to the foregoing recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.

The dose of an RNAi agent that is administered to a subject may be tailored to balance the risks and benefits of a particular dose, for e, to achieve a desired level of Serpinal gene ssion (as assessed, 6.57., based on Serpinal mRNA suppression, Serpinal protein expression) or a d therapeutic or prophylactic effect, while at the same time avoiding undesirable side effects.

In some embodiments, the RNAi agent is administered in two or more doses. If desired to facilitate repeated or nt infusions, implantation of a delivery , e.g., a pump, semi—permanent stent (e.g., intravenous, intraperitoneal, intracistemal or intracapsular), or reservoir may be advisable. In some embodiments, the number or amount of uent doses is dependent on the achievement of a desired effect, e.g., the suppression of a Serpinal gene, or the achievement of a therapeutic or prophylactic effect, e.g., reducing reducing a symptom of a liver disease. In some embodiments, the RNAi agent is administered according to a schedule. For example, the RNAi agent may be administered once per week, twice per week, three times per week, four times per week, or five times per week. In some embodiments, the le involves regularly spaced administrations, e.g., hourly, every four hours, every six hours, every eight hours, every twelve hours, daily, every 2 days, every 3 days, every 4 days, every 5 days, weekly, biweekly, or monthly. In other embodiments, the schedule involves closely spaced administrations followed by a longer period of time during which the agent is not administered. For example, the schedule may involD initial set of doses that are stered in a relatively short period of time (e.g., [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM about every 6 hours, about every 12 hours, about every 24 hours, about every 48 hours, or about every 72 hours) followed by a longer time period (e.g., about 1 week, about 2 weeks, about 3 weeks, about 4 weeks, about 5 weeks, about 6 weeks, about 7 weeks, or about 8 weeks) during which the RNAi agent is not administered. In one embodiment, the RNAi agent is lly stered hourly and is later administered at a longer al (e.g. , daily, weekly, biweekly, or monthly). In another embodiment, the RNAi agent is initially administered daily and is later administered at a longer interval (e.g., , biweekly, or monthly). In certain embodiments, the longer interval increases over time or is determined based on the achievement of a desired effect. In a ic embodiment, the RNAi agent is administered once daily during a first week, followed by weekly dosing starting on the eighth day of administration. In another specific embodiment, the RNAi agent is administered every other day during a first week followed by weekly dosing starting on the eighth day of administration.

In some embodiments, the RNAi agent is stered in a dosing regimen that includes a “loading phase” of y spaced strations that may be followed by a enance phase”, in which the RNAi agent is administred at longer spaced intervals. In one embodiment, the loading phase comprises five daily administrations of the RNAi agent during the first week. In another embodiment, the maintenance phase comprises one or two weekly administrations of the RNAi agent. In a further embodiment, the maintenance phase lasts for 5 weeks. In one embodiment, the loading phase comprises administration of a dose of 2 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg or 0.5 mg/kg five times a week. In another embodiment, the maintenance phase comprises administration of a dose of 2 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg or 0.5 mg/kg once or twice weekly.

Any of these schedules may optionally be repeated for one or more iterations. The number of iterations may depend on the achievement of a d effect, e.g., the suppression of a al gene, and/or the achievement of a therapeutic or prophylactic effect, e.g., reducing a symptom of a Serpinal associated disease, e.g., a liver disease.

In another aspect, the invention features, a method of instructing an end user, 6.57., a caregiver or a subject, on how to ster an iRNA agent described herein. The method includes, optionally, providing the end user with one or more doses of the iRNA agent, and instructing the end user to administer the iRNA agent on a regimen described herein, thereby instructing the end user.

Genetic predisposition plays a role in the development of target gene associated diseases, e.g., liver disease. Therefore, a patient in need of a siRNA can be identified by taking a family history, or, for example, screening for one or more genetic markers or variants. Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a patient by selecting a patient on the basis that the patient has one or more of a Serpinal deficiency or a [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM Serpinal deficiency gene variant, e.g., a PIZ, PIS, or PIM(Malton) allele. The method includes administering to the patient an iRNA agent in a therapeutically effective amount.

A healthcare provider, such as a doctor, nurse, or family member, can take a family history before prescribing or administering an iRNA agent of the ion. In addition, a test may be performed to determine a geneotype or phenotype. For example, a DNA test may be performed on a sample from the patient, e.g., a blood sample, to identify the Serpinal genotype and/or phenotype before a Serpinal dsRNA is administered to the patient.

VI. Kits The t invention also provides kits for using any of the iRNA agents and/or performing any of the methods of the invention. Such kits include one or more RNAi agent(s) and instructions for use, 6.57., instructions for inhibiting expression of a Serpinal in a cell by contacting the cell with the RNAi agent(s) in an amount effective to inhibit expression of the Serpinal. The kits may ally further comprise means for contacting the cell with the RNAi agent (e.g., an injection device), or means for measuring the inhibition of Serpinal (e.g., means for measuring the inhibition of Serpinal mRNA). Such means for ing the inhibition of al may comprise a means for obtaining a sample from a subject, such as, 6.57., a plasma sample. The kits of the invention may optionally further comprise means for administering the RNAi agent(s) to a subject or means for determining the eutically effective or lactically effective amount.

Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the iRNAs and methods featured in the invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. In on, the materials, s, and es are illustrative only and not ed to be limiting.

EXAMPLES Materials and Methods The following materials and methods were used in the Examples. siRNA design The Serpinal gene has multiple, alternate transcripts. siRNA design was carried out to identify siRNAs targeting all human and Cynomolgus monkey a ularis; henceforth “cyno”) Serpinal transcripts annotated in the NCBI Gene database (http:Drw.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/gene/). The ing human transcripts from the NCBI [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM RefSeq collection were used: Human — NM 000295.4, NM_001002235.2, NM_001002236.2, NM_001127700.1, NM_001127701.1, NM_001127702.1 , NM_001127703.1, NM_001127704.1, NM_001127705.1, 127706.1, NM_001127707.1. To identify a cyno transcript, the rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta) transcript, XM_001099255.2, was aligned to the M. fascicularis genome using the Spidey ent tool (www.mcbinlm.nih. ov/s ide I’). The overall percent identity of rhesus and cyno transcripts was 99.6%. The cyno transcript was hand—assembled to preserve consensus splice sites and full—length coding and untranslated regions. The resulting ript was 2064 nucleotides long.

All siRNA duplexes were designed that shared 100% identity with all listed human and cyno transcripts.

Five d eighty—five candidate siRNAs were used in a hensive search t the human transcriptome (defined as the set of NM_ and XM_ records within the human NCBI Refseq set). A total of 48 sense (21 mers) and 48 antisense (23 mers) derived siRNA oligos were synthesized and formed into duplexes. A detailed list of Sepinal sense and antisense strand sequences is shown in Tables 1 and 2. siRNA Synthesis 1. General Small and Medium Scale RNA sis ure RNA oligonucleotides were synthesized at scales between 0.2—500 umol using commercially available 5 ’ —0— (4,4’ —dimethoxytrityl)—2’ —O—t—butyldimethylsilyl—3 ’ —O— (2— cyanoethyl—N,N—diisopropyl)phosphoramidite monomers of uridine, 4—N—acetylcytidine, 6—N— benzoyladenosine and 2—N—isobutyrylguanosine and the corresponding 2’—O—methyl and 2’— fluoro phosphoramidites according to standard solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis protocols. The amidite solutions were prepared at 15 M concentration and 5—ethylthio— 1H—tetrazole (0.25—0.6 M in acetonitrile) was used as the activator. Phosphorothioate backbone modifications were introduced during synthesis using 0.2 M acetyl disulfide (PADS) in lutidine:acetonitrile (1:1) (v;v) or 0.1 M ethylaminomethylene) amino—3H— dithiazole—5—thione (DDTT) in pyridine for the oxidation step. After completion of synthesis, the sequences were cleaved from the solid support and deprotected using methylamine followed by triethylamine.3HF to remove any 2’—O—t—butyldimethylsilyl protecting groups present.

For synthesis scales between 5—500 umol and fully 2’ modified sequences (2’—fluoro and/ or 2’—O—methyl or combinations thereof) the oligonucleotides where deprotected using 3:1 (v/v) ethanol and concentrated (28—32%) aqueous ammonia either at 35°C 16 h or 55°C for 5.5 h. Prior to a deprotection the oligonucleotides where treated with 0.5 M piperidine in acetonitrile for 20 min on the solid support. The crude oligonucleotides were analynby LC—MS and anion—exchange HPLC (IEX—HPLC). Purification of the [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ucleotides was carried out by IEX HPLC using: 20 mM phosphate, % ACN, pH = 8.5 (buffer A) and 20 mM phosphate, 10%—15% ACN, 1 M NaBr, pH = 8.5 (buffer B).

Fractions were analyzed for purity by analytical HPLC. The product—containing fractions with suitable purity were pooled and concentrated on a rotary evaporator prior to desalting.

The samples were desalted by size exclusion chromatography and lyophilized to dryness.

Equal molar amounts of sense and antisense strands were annealed in 1x PBS buffer to prepare the corresponding siRNA duplexes.

For small scales (0.2—1 umol), synthesis was performed on a MerMade 192 synthesizer in a 96 well format. In case of fully 2’—modified ces (2’—fluoro and/or 2’— O—methyl or combinations thereof) the oligonucleotides where ected using methylamine at room temperature for 30—60 min followed by incubation at 60°C for 30 min or using 3:1 (v/v) ethanol and concentrated %) aqueous ammonia at room temperature for 30—60 min followed by tion at 40°C for 1.5 hours. The crude oligonucleotides were then itated in a solution of acetonitrile:acetone (9: 1) and ed by centrifugation and decanting the supernatant. The crude ucleotide pellet was re—suspended in 20 mM NaOAc buffer and analyzed by LC—MS and anion exchange HPLC. The crude oligonucleotide sequences were ed in 96 deep well plates on a 5 mL HiTrap Sephadex G25 column (GE Healthcare). In each well about 1.5 mL samples corresponding to an individual sequence was collected. These purified desalted oligonucleotides were analyzed by LC—MS and anion exchange chromatography. Duplexes were prepared by annealing equimolar amounts of sense and antisense sequences on a Tecan robot. Concentration of duplexes was adjusted to 10 MM in 1x PBS buffer. 11. Synthesis of —Conjugated Oligonucleotides for In Vivo Analysis Oligonucleotides conjugated with GalNAc ligand at their 3’—terminus were synthesized at scales between 0.2—500 umol using a solid support aded with a Y— shaped linker bearing a 4,4’—dimethoxytrityl (DMT)—protected primary hydroxy group for oligonucleotide synthesis and a GalNAc ligand attached h a tether.

For synthesis of GalNAc conjugates in the scales between 5—500 umol, the above sis protocol for RNA was followed with the following adaptions: For polystyrene— based synthesis supports 5% dichloroacetic acid in toluene was used for DMT—cleavage during synthesis. Cleavage from the support and deprotection was performed as described above. Phosphorothioate—rich sequences (usually > 5 orothioates) were synthesized without removing the final 5’—DMT group (“DMT—on”) and, after cleavage and deprotection as described above, purified by reverse phase HPLC using 50 mM ammonium acetate in wateerfer A) and 50 mM ammoniumacetate in 80% acetonitirile (buffer B). Fractions [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM were ed for purity by ical HPLC and/or LC—MS. The product—containing fractions with le purity were pooled and concentrated on a rotary evaporator. The DMT—group was removed using 20%—25% acetic acid in water until tion. The samples were desalted by size exclusion chromatography and lyophilized to dryness. Equal molar s of sense and antisense strands were annealed in 1x PBS buffer to prepare the corresponding siRNA duplexes.

For small scale synthesis of GalNAc conjugates (0.2—1 umol), including sequences with multiple orothioate linkages, the protocols described above for synthesis of RNA or fully 2’—F/2’—OMe—containing sequences on MerMade platform were applied. Synthesis was performed on cked columns ning GalNAc—functionalized controlled pore glass support. cDNA synthesis using ABI High capacity cDNA reverse transcription kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA, Cat #4368813) A master mix of 2ul 10X Buffer, 0.8 ul 25X dNTPs, 2ul Random primers, lul Reverse Transcriptase, 1 ul RNase inhibitor and 3.2ul of H20 per on was added into 10ul total RNA. cDNA was generated using a d C—1000 or S—1000 thermal cycler (Hercules, CA) through the following steps: 25°C 10 min, 37°C 120 min, 85°C 5 sec, 4°C hold.

Cell culture and transfections Hep3B, HepG2 or HeLa cells (ATCC, Manassas, VA) were grown to near confluence at 37°C in an here of 5% C02 in recommended media (ATCC) supplemented with % FBS and glutamine (ATCC) before being released from the plate by trypsinization. For duplexes screened in 96—well format, transfection was carried out by adding 44.75 ul of Opti— MEM plus 0.25ul of Lipofectamine RNAiMax per well (lnvitrogen, Carlsbad CA. cat # 13778—150) to 5 ul of each siRNA duplex to an individual well in a 96—well plate. The mixture was then ted at room temperature for 15 minutes. Fifty ul of complete growth media without antibiotic containing ~2 x104 cells were then added to the siRNA mixture. For duplexes screened in 384—well format, 5 ul of Opti—MEM plus 0.1ul of Lipofectamine RNAiMax (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA. cat # 13778—150) was mixed with 5ul of each siRNA duplex per an individual well. The mixture was then incubated at room temperature for 15 minutes followed by addition of 40ul of complete growth media without antibiotic containing ~8 x103 cells. Cells were incubated for 24 hours prior to RNA purification. Single dose experiments were performed at 10nM and 0.lnM final duplex concentration and dose response ments were done at 10, 1.67, 0.27, 0.046, 0.0077, 0.0013, 0.00021, 0.00004 nM final duplex concentration.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Free uptake transfection Five ul of each GalNac conjugated siRNA in PBS was combined with 3X104 freshly thawed cryopreserved Cynomolgas monkey hepatocytes (In Vitro Technologies— Celsis, Baltimore, MD; lot#JQD) resuspended in 95ul of In Vitro Gro CP media (In Vitro logies— Celsis, Baltimore, MD) in each well of a 96—well plate or 5ul siRNA and 45 ul media containing l.2xlO3 cells for 384 well plate format. The mixture was incubated for about 24 hours at 37°C in an here of 5% C02. siRNAs were tested at final concentrations of 500nM and lOnM.

Total RNA isolation using DYNABEADS mRNA Isolation Kit (Invitrogen, part #.' 610-12) Cells were harvested and lysed in l50ul of Lysis/Binding Buffer then mixed for 5 minutes at 850rpm using an Eppendorf Therrnomixer (the mixing speed was the same throughout the process). Ten microliters of magnetic beads and 80ul Binding Buffer mixture were added to a round bottom plate and mixed for 1 minute. Magnetic beads were captured using magnetic stand and the supernatant was d without disturbing the beads.

After removing the atant, the lysed cells were added to the remaining beads and mixed for 5 minutes. After removing the supernatant, ic beads were washed 2 times with l50ul Wash Buffer A and mixed for 1 minute. Beads were captured again and the supernatant removed. Beads were then washed with l50ul Wash Buffer B, captured and the atant was removed. Beads were next washed with l50ul Elution Buffer, captured and the supernatant removed. Beads were d to dry for 2 minutes. After drying, 50ul of Elution Buffer was added and mixed for 5 minutes at 70°C. Beads were captured on a magnet for 5 minutes. Fifty ul of supernatant was removed and added to another 96—well plate.

For 384—well format, the cells were lysed for one minute by addition of 50ul Lysis/Binding buffer. Two ul of magnetic beads per well was used. The required volume of beads was aliquoted, captured on a magnetic stand, and the bead storage solution was removed. The beads were then resuspended in the required volume of Lysis/Binding buffer (25 ul per well) and 25 ul of bead suspension was added to the lysed cells. The lysate—bead mixture was incubated for 10 minutes on VibraTransaltor at setting #7 (UnionScientific Corp., lstown, MD). Subsequently beads were captured using a ic stand, the supernatant removed and the beads are washed once with 90ul Buffer A, followed by single washing steps with 90ul Buffer B and lOOul of Elution buffer. The beads were soaked in each washing buffer for ~l minute (no mixing involved). After the final wash step, the beads were ended in l5ul of elution buffer for 5 s at 70°C, followed by bead capture and the rembval of the supernatant (up to Sul) for cDNA synthesis and/or ed RNA storage (—20°C).

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Real time PCR Two ul of cDNA were added to a master mix containing 0.5ul GAPDH TaqMan Probe (Applied Biosystems Cat #4326317E), 0.5ul A1 TaqMan probe (Applied Biosystems cat # Hs00165475_m1) for Hep3B experiments or with custom designed GAPDH and SERPINA1 taqman assays for PCH experiments and 5ul Lightcycler 480 probe master mix (Roche Cat #04887301001) per well in a 384 well plates (Roche cat # 04887301001). Real time PCR was done in a Roche LC480 Real Time PCR system (Roche).

Each duplex was tested in at least two independent transfections with two biological replicates each, and each transfection was d in duplicate.

To calculate relative fold change, real time data were analyzed using the AACt method and normalized to assays performed with cells transfected with 10nM AD—1955, or mock transfected cells. For free uptake assays the data were normalized to PBS or GalNAc— 1955 (highest concentration used for experimental compounds) treated cells. IC50s were calculated using a 4 parameter fit model using XLFit and normalized to cells ected with AD— 1955 over the same dose range, or to its own lowest dose.

The sense and antisense sequences of AD—1955 are: SENSE: 5’— cuuAchuGAGuAcuchAdedT—3’(SEQ ID NO: 33); and ANTISENSE: 5’— UCGAAGuACUcAGCGuAAGdedT-3’(SEQ ID NO: 40).

The Taqman primers and probes used are as follows: Cynomolgus Serpina1 and Gapdh TaqMan Primers and : Serpina1: Forward Primer: GTCTTCAGCAATGGG (SEQ ID NO:34); Reverse Primer: GTCCCTTTCTCATCG (SEQ ID NO:35); Taqman Probe: TGGTCAGCACAGCCTTATGCACG (SEQ ID NO:36) Gapdh: Forward Primer: GCATCCTGGGCTACACTGA (SEQ ID NO:37); Reverse Primer: TCGCTGTTGAAGTC(SEQ ID NO:38); Taqman Probe: CCAGGTGGTCTCCTCC (SEQ ID NO:39) Table B: Abbreviations of nucleotide monomers used in nucleic acid sequence representation.

Abbreviation [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Abbreviation Nucleotide(s) Om cytidine—3 ’ —phosph0rothi0ate guanosine—3 ’ —ph0sphate 2’ —flu0roguanosine—3 ’ —ph0sphate 2’ guanosine—3 ’ —phosph0rothi0ate C) U) ine—3 ’ —ph0sph0rothi0ate ’ —methy1uridine—3 ’ hate 2’ —flu0ro—5—methyluridine—3 ’ —ph0sphate 2’ —flu0ro—5—methyluridine—3 ’ —phosph0rothi0ate Hm 5—methyluridine—3’—phosphor0thioate Uridine—3’ —ph0sphate CH, 2’ —flu0rouridine—3 ’ —ph0sphate H1 2’ —fluor0uridine —3 ’ —ph0sph0rothi0ate C}m uridine —3 ’ —phosph0rothi0ate any nucleotide (G, A, C, T or U) 2'—O—methy1aden0sine—3 ’ —ph0sphate 9: U) 2'—O—methy1aden0sine—3 ’ — phosphorothioate 2'—O—methy1cytidine—3’ —ph0sphate 2'—O—methy1cytidine—3 ’ — phosphorothioate 2'—O—methylguanosine—3 ’ —ph0sphate 00 m 2'—O—methylguanosine—3 ’ — phosphorothioate 2’ —O—methy1—5—methy1uridine—3 ’ hate c-P U) 2’ —O—methy1—5—methy1uridine—3 ’ —phosph0rothi0ate 2'—O—methy1uridine—3’ —ph0sphate C ethy1uridine—3’ —phosph0rothi0ate Q.>€ 2'—deoxythymidine U) 2‘ deoxythymidine—3‘—ph0sph0rothioate Q.C 2 —deoxyurid1ne phosphorothloate llnkage N—[tris(GalNAc—alky1)—amid0decanoy1)]—4—hydroxyprolin01 Hyp— c-alky1)3 D—1fi—1 U) Q.D—1 2—hydr0xymethyl—tetrahydrofurane—4—methoxy—3—ph0sphate (abasic 2 —OMe furanose). i'2—hydr0xymethy1—tetrahydrofurane—4—methoxy—3—ph0sphor0thioateY34s (abasic 2'—OMe furanose) '—ph0sphate [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Example 1. Synthesis of GalNAc-Conjugated ucleotides A series of siRNA duplexes spanning the sequence of Serpinal mRNA were designed, synthesized, and conjugated with a ent GalNAc at the 3—end of the sense strand using the techniques described above. The sequences of these duplexes are shown in Table 1. These same sequences were also sized with various nucleotide modifications and conjugated with a trivalent GalNAc. The sequences of the modified duplexes are shown in Table 2.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM 12 1 :oEmoa «.mmNOOOIEz $18 $.18 Aha-mm: Aha-mm: 03.3: 03-3: omE-mmE E :3.me :3.me men-om: : $3.83 $3.83 32.3: $2.32 com-mum com-mum mil-mmwfi mil-mmwfi $23-$23 $23-$23 ~936me ” m2 02 H2 N2 mm «2 8H 8H m2 m2 m2 o: 2: NS m: 3: m: o: DZ” mi” 91” 02” Hmfi 853$ 22... wmcwmzc< 30383355? 08503030383355? 03<53303333<383 o<<33<03<53303333<383 u<o<<o<<33<ua<<uaaozzzz u<o<<o<<33<ua<<uaaozzzz 3303333<30038<o< <uz<<03303333<30038<o< <o<<o<<33<ua<53303333< <33<ua<53303333< Daoaaaooo<<<u<o<<o<<33< Daoaaaooo<<<u<o<<o<<33< <<<u<o<<o<<33<uz<<uaaoa <<<u<o<<o<<33<uz<<uaaoa 80:0?833530580 80:0?833530580 u<<<<<uo<o<8<033<<303< u<<<<<uo<o<8<033<<303< DDDOOO<<<U<O<<O<<DD<UD< DDDOOO<<<U<O<<O<<DD<UD< UD<<UDDODDDD<DOODDU<O<O UD<<UDDODDDD<DOODDU<O<O DDU<<ODDODDDOOO<<<U<O<< wmcwmrc< 2.52 09.0E H.mHOONH-< H.mHOONH-< H.mmmmHH-< H.mmmmHH-< H.0mmmfifi-< :oEmoa EfiE «.mmNOOOIEz mmq-mmw 83.8: EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEaEéEé mil-:11” mil-:11” wafiéwwfi 323463” NEE-NEE” 0mm in N? M? m? Du om Hm Nm mm wm mm mm mm mm mm Ho No mo mam:- 805388 wmcwm 383<3<<8<uo<u<<830 383<3<<8<uo<u<<830 <8<3<<<<u<<033<03<<3 <8<3<<<<u<<033<03<<3 <<<<u<<033<03<<3838 <<<<u<<033<03<<3838 3:0<<8<3<<<<?<o:? 3:0<<8<3<<<<?<o:? 3<<<<u<<033<03<<3833 3<<<<u<<033<03<<3833 3<<3838303388<<<u 8303388<<<u <u<<033<oz<<3838303 <u<<033<oz<<3838303 03<<<<0038<u 8<08<<03<<<<0038<u DEED/20300880333: DEED/20300880333: D<OD<<DDUDDUDODDDUUU< D<OD<<DDUDDUDODDDUUU< UDUDO<<UU<D<<<<U<<ODD UDUDO<<UU<D<<<<U<<ODD DDUDODDDUUU<<<U<<UDDO woflwwoass 2.52 wmcwm 09.0EEEEEE :mmmfi? EEEEEEEEEEE H.wHOONH-< H.wHOONH-< H.NmmmHH-< H.NmmmHH-< H.mmmmHH-< ESQ-5m xwiso 2.52 H.389? 38%-? ~.o8%-? H.o8%-? ~.%o%-? 38%-? N.NB%-? H.NB%-? ~.mwo%-? H.389? ~.~8%-? H.N8%-? ~.mB%-? 38%-? 38%-? 38%-? ~.H8%-? H.Hmo%-? N.mwomm-n_< H.mwomm-n_< N.mmomm-n_< H.mmomm-n_< N.wwomm-n_< 2an E [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM ~936me wwwfiwwwfi wwwfiwwwfi www-mmw www-mmw HmeAwNSH HmeAwNSH @534»me @534»me wMNHéHNH NH wmmfiémmfi wmmfiémmfi www-mmw www-mmw VMNH-NHNH VMNH-NHNH 32%-wa 32%-wa mmmfifimmfi mmmfifimmfi 9%.-me 9%.-me www-mmw www-mmw wmméfim wmméfim mDVHKmSH mDVHKmSH NmH mmH wmfi Q: 9: mmfi Q: Q: om: Hm: Nmfi mm: 3: mm: mm: D: mm: mm: ONH HRH NNH mmfi qua mmfi aha NNH wmfi aha owfi 3304203 OD OD 03 03 003 UUD 39.203 39.203 OD<<D OD<<D 3033 303 303 <U<O<< DDD<DOODDU<O<OOOO<O<< DDD<DOODDU<O<OOOO<O<< <UO<O<UU<UDD<<DOD DU<<<<<UO<O<UU<UDD<<DOD DDOOO<<<U<O< DDOOO<<<U<O< <<DD<UD<<UDDODDDD<DOODD <<DD<UD<<UDDODDDD<DOODD D<<DO<UUDDOO<D<UD<O<UD UUDDOO<D<UD<O<UD DDD<<U<UUD<<<UU<OD DDD<<U<UUD<<<UU<OD UDODODU<<<<<UO<O<UU<UD UDODODU<<<<<UO<O<UU<UD D<UD<<UDDODDDD<DOOD D<UD<<UDDODDDD<DOOD D D <UDOD<<DDDUDDUUU<<UDUO< <UDOD<<DDDUDDUUU<<UDUO< Du DU OOD<<DO<UUDDOO<D<UD<O<U OOD<<DO<UUDDOO<D<UD<O<U D D DDUDDUUU<<UDUO<UU< DDUDDUUU<<UDUO<UU< OODU<UDUOD<OUO<DODUOO<< OODU<UDUOD<OUO<DODUOO<< <ODDUUDUO<<UDODUDUDODOD <ODDUUDUO<<UDODUDUDODOD <DU<UUD<DDU<<<<<UUDUUD< <DU<UUD<DDU<<<<<UUDUUD< 30.10 30.10 H.wmmmfifi.< E E waH-NmSH $3.8: www.mnm mo no EnIm Nu mm Em mm Im mm Em an Iw Nw mm mm mm Ew ImH DDUDODDDUUU<<<U<<UDDO DDUDUUUUDUDO<<UU<D<<< 33o3883u30<<8<3<<< <u<33<<03003u3uo33333 <u<33<<03003u3uo33333 333033383<<<u<<u33o< 333033383<<<u<<u33o< <<8<3<<<<u<<o33<03<< <<8<3<<<<u<<o33<03<< <<03u3<03<38<<003u<3 <<03u3<03<38<<003u<3 3uo<033ooo<<o<<<33<u< 3ooo<<o<<<33<u< o<<u300333<oo3o33<<<< O<<UDOODDD<OODODD<<<< ODUD<OD<DUU<<OODU<DD< ODUD<OD<DUU<<OODU<DD< <<ODOODUDUODDDDDO<U<U <<ODOODUDUODDDDDO<U<U <ODDOOO<<O<<<DD DOODUO<ODDOOO<<O<<<DD DDUUO<U<DUOUD<UO<ODO< DDUUO<U<DUOUD<UO<ODO< <U<U<O<O<U<ODDUO<OO<< <U<U<O<O<U<ODDUO<OO<< D<OO<OODDDDDO<<D<OODO D<OO<OODDDDDO<<D<OODO UDO<<UU<D<<<<U<<ODD<O UDO<<UU<D<<<<U<<ODD<O H.mmmm2.< EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE H.wooo§.< E Hdmmmfifi.< Hdmmmfifi-< H.wmmmfifi-< H.wmmmfifi-< H.Nwmmfifi-< H.Nwmmfifi-< H.wmmmfifi-< H.wmmmfifi-< H.wmmmfifi.< flammmju)‘ H.NHOONH.< H.NHOONH.< H.wwmmfifi-< fifi-< H.wwmmfifi-< H.wwmmfifi-< E H.Nwomm.n_< m.n_< m.n_< Ndwommd< Hdwommd< N.wmomm-n_< H.wmomm-n_< N.omomm-n_< H.0momm-n_< N.mmomm-n_< m-n_< N.Hmomm.n_< H.Hmomm-n_< N.mwomm-n_< H.mwomm.n_< N.mwomm.n_< HKwommd< N.mmomm-n_< H.mmomm-n_< [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM HQMHAwHMH HQMHAwHMH NSHéNHH NSHéNHH wmmémm wmmémm mowfiéwflu mowfiéwflu mSHéNHH mSHéNHH mowfiwm mowfiwm Hmm-mom Hmm-mom 354-321” 354-321” m www-mmm mmmfimmmfi mmmfimmmfi wowHNwMH wowHNwMH SHHNmOH SHHNmOH NQMHéNMH NQMHéNMH OQMH-wHMH OQMH-wHMH wmewm 3 3 003300000<003<33 300<0<003300000<003<33 00300<0033 00300<0033 <000030033000<03030<030 <000030033000<03030<030 000003<0<<<<<30300003<3 000003<0<<<<<30300003<3 0300<003 0300<003 00330300003 00330300003 330003 330003 03<0003 03<0003 03 03 33 33 30033000<03030<03 0<000030033000<03030<03 3<0303<<3 3<0303<<3 0000003<0<<<<<30300003< 0000003<0<<<<<30300003< <0<<00<000<03<03000033 300<0<003 003 33<00030303000<<< 33<00030303000<<< <0<<00<000<03<03000033 300<0<003 300<0<003 0<03000 33<0330<03000 333<0330<030003 333<0330<030003 3033 3033 30303<03 30303<03 30<00<033<0003 30<00<033<0003 33033000<<0300 33033000<<0300 300000<003<3 <003<3 3 3 30 30 300000<003<3 300000<003<3 33<00<00300000<033<<<03 H.mmmmfifi.< H.mmmmfifi.< E HQMHANMH HQMHANMH NEENS o H N m w m m m w m o H N m w m m m w m o mm mm mm OH OH OH OH OH OH OH OH OH OH S” SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH NH HNH 300000<<0030300 <<3<00300000<<0030300 000<030<<03<<<<00300< 0<<03<<<<00300< 0<030<0<03000<<00<000 0<030<0<03000<<00<000 <3<0000<0<333 0<0<333 00<03 00<03 <03 3<0000<0<33 3<0000<0<33 33 33 00 3303<000 <000<030<<03<<<<00300 <000<030<<03<<<<00300 0<<<0<<0000<0<< <03<0<0<<<0<<0000<0<< 333000<0<0<0003<<<000 333000<0<0<0003<<<000 <0003<<030030<<<<0003 <0003<<030030<<<<0003 <030<0<03000<<00<0000 <030<0<03000<<00<0000 3000<<0<<<33<0<0 3000<<0<<<33<0<0 303<0000 303<0000 <<<0000<03<0300030033 <<<0000<03<0300030033 0<<3<00300000<<003030 0<<3<00300000<<003030 <3<00300000<<0030300< <3<00300000<<0030300< 33<<0300000<003003 H.wmmmfifi.< fiwwmmfifi)‘ H.0NOONH.< H.0NOONH.< H.0mmmHH.< H.0mmmHH.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.wmmmfifi.< fifi.< H.¢HOONH.< N.wwomm.n_< H.wwomm-n_< N.mwomm-n_< H.mwomm-n_< N.mmomm-n_< H.mmomm-n_< N.Hwomm-n_< H.Hwomm-n_< Némommdx‘ Hémommdx‘ N.mmomm-n_< fimmommdx‘ N.Hmomm-n_< H.Hmomm-n_< N.mwomm-n_< Hdwommd< Hémommdx‘ N.mwomm.n_< [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM wwm-Nwm HmwAzuw HmwAzuw onwwww onwwww 3%.-wa 3%.-wa DD<OO<UUDUUUOO<UDD<<<OD <OD D<<<UU<OD 30030042030303 30030042030303 UD<<<UU<ODDUUDUO<<UDODU UD<<<UU<ODDUUDUO<<UDODU <O<OOOODU<UDUOD<OUO<DOD <O<OOOODU<UDUOD<OUO<DOD :mmmfij‘ HH-< H Hmmmju «mmém Hmwémw Hmwémw INHIMNHIwNH 53335380005038: <O<U<OD DUO<OO<<UDOOD D <O<U<ODDUO<OO<<UDOODD H.wmmmHH.< H.0mmmHH.< H.0mmmHH.< H.mwomm.n_< N.mwomm.n_< H.mwomm.n_< [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM 85:53 33:23: 33:23: 3332323: 3332323: 333: 333: 33323: 33323: om=0 33323035353 wmcwmzc< 303: 3332323030823: 3332323030823: 32328 330230338303:3232328 3:328303353333: 3:328303353333: 333230323:8:230:53: 333230323:8:230:53: 328323363: 328323363: 33:3,: 33:3,: 3:3:33230335363 3:3:33230335363 353 353 3:303230232303235mm 3:303230232303235mm 33303032323323:«23:363.: 33303032323323:«23:363.: 333:30303:3323:3030363 333:30303:3323:3030363 23:33:33” 23:33:33” 333030328332323:32358 333030328332323:32358 :303.:2323 303:33:303.:2323 33230353:330323202328 wmcwmzc< «Emz om=0 H.wwomfifi.< H.memfifi.< H.wmmmfifi.< H.wmmmfifi.< H.NmmmHH.< H.NmmmHH.< H.wmmmHH.< H.wmmmHH.< H.0mmmHH.< H.0mmmHH.< H.mwmmHH.< H.mwmmHH.< fi.< Hdwmmfifi.< H.mwmmHH.< HH.< H.mmmmHH.< H.mmmmHH.< H.mHOONH.< H.mHOONH.< H.mmmmHH.< H.mmmmHH.< HH.< $35 $35 wad/236 wad/236 wad/23336 wad/23336 wmdDuu—DMENCUHE wmdDuu—DMENCUHE wad: wad: wad: wad: wad: wad: $35 $35 wmdu wmdu $35 Eu Eu Eu Eu Eu 8:253 FEE/2363353036 FEE/2363353036 «5 «5 «“635 «“635 «2&5 «2&5 «23333303 303 «b29535 «b29535 mad/2323095 mad/2323095 «hop—<35 «hop—<35 «3333233695 «3333233695 30:5 Eu Eu EON—<36 EON—<36 PC PC om=0 3/565 3/565 Egg—<36 Egg—<36 23—03235 23—03235 BO“— BO“— 35 5 «#03335 wmcwm PG PG :55th5 :55th5 stun—0:236 «“3363th «“3363th «3092335 «3092335 «2:535?th «2:535?th «Emu—5333 «Emu—5333 3580 3580 30335 30335 «u_<m«mu_u «u_<m«mu_u mm5 mm5 wStun—<35”HEN—03333309Dun—0336 wStun—<35”HEN—03333309Dun—0336 PEN—039958Dun—095335 PEN—039958Dun—095335 3536333 353633? «522323236935 «522323236935 th moofi 268 «Emz wmcwm om=0 H.mwomHH.< N.mwomHH.< H.mmmmHH.< H.mmmmHH.< HH.< H.HmmmHH.< H.mmmmfifi.< H.mmmmfifi.< HH.< H.mNmmHH.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.mmmmHH.< H.mmmmHH.< H.NwmmHH.< H.NwmmHH.< H.wmmmHH.< H.wmmmHH.< H.wHOONH.< H.wHOONH.< H.NmmmHH.< H.NmmmHH.< H.mmmmHH.< -Hwfimbm xwiso «Emz Héwwwmfiz Héwommfiz Ndwommd< Hdwommd< Némommfiz Hémommfiz N.Nmomm.n_< m.n_< N.wwomm.n_< fiwwommfiz N.Nwomm.n_< H.Nwomm.n_< N.wmomm.n_< fiwmommfiz N.wmomm.n_< H.wmomm.n_< N.Hmomm.n_< H.Hmomm.n_< N.mwomm.n_< fimwommfiz N.mmomm.n_< H.mmomm.n_< Ndwommfiz 2an D [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM 3333033333303323353 $33:33303:33030303<m3<£ $33: 333335338553:«3363: 333335338553:«3363: $35335 333033: 3330333: $3333: $33<33 333033 $35335 3333335 330303033333 3033030335363 3033030335363 333353353333:3<30$Sm= 333353353333:3<30$Sm= 333335 3333355333335332033: 33855333363 33855333363 umumEDEDfi<£<uu3<fl<£u303$sz 333:3:3<3<83<3<530358 $$3<333<53330335 $$3<333<53330335 332353: 3<$3<8 3<$3<8 333:mus3333303053533: 333:mus3333303053533: 53883553353 53883553353 $$55533330333330333 $$55533330333330333 3$33553<83o5530363: 3$33553<83o5530363: 333353<33333355353 333353<33333355353 333:3/3:30333333033333 333:3/3:30333333033333 333: :88: :88: 333: 333: :33: :33: 333: 333: 38823 #8823 3.8823 3.8823 H.Hnmm:.< :33: 3.33: 3.33: 333: 33$: 3.33:3 3.33:3 :33: :33: 388: 388: 3.33:3 3.33:3 3.33:3 3.33:3 02 5 NE m2 EA m: SN SN m2 a: RN EN SN mmN EN mm 9H SN 3N SN 03 SN N2 m3 33 mmN SN SN m3 mad: wade made EuEOE:Egon—uhg/‘fiufi/‘flzmsflo mad:30308083£29<£u£<3<mmfl< mad:30308083£29<£u£<3<mmfl< $3323:333330555333335 $3323:333330555333335 amazon—3933380833.,‘8/‘30 —3933380833.,‘8/‘30 oSEN—ooh?323.138.13.193 oSEN—ooh?323.138.13.193 mmd<£0=b mmd<£0=b FEM—3Each—Unzmu—mwsbmmfl: FEM—3Each—Unzmu—mwsbmmfl: wad:EON—OEDmhomu—gx‘u—ONEED wad:EON—OEDmhomu—gx‘u—ONEED mad/33030938380335 mad/33030938380335 EDmMME EDmMME JEN—Dam? JEN—Dam? E<mu£< E<mu£< mmdofl/‘EDHOEDE<3ohoeoezfl<mmfl< mmdofl/‘EDHOEDE<3ohoeoezfl<mmfl< mmeEuE/‘mfl—Dm5£8<3<m303533m3£< /‘mfl—Dm5£8<3<m303533m3£< EDP—03335 335 8333053353096963323333: 3353096963323333: $3:530533305553/333332 $3:530533305553/333332 835302333330553/330333 835302333330553/330333 $3:303/303:33303<3<33§o $3:303/303:33303<3<33§o EONEEUED£<3<3<£<3035mm£0 EONEEUED£<3<3<£<3035mm£0 fimmmmfifitq H.0HOONH-< H.0HOONH-< $33: 333: H.0wmm2.< H.0wmm2.< H.Nwmm:.< H.Nwmm:.< H.NOOONH.< NH.< H.¢OOONH.< H.¢OOONH.< fiommmHT< fiommmHT< H.wmmm:.< :.< H.Nwmm:.< H.Nwmm:.< 3332 3332 3332 333: 288: 288: $33: 333: h Héwmmth H.mmomm-n_< m-n_< H.mmomm-n_< ~.oBmm-n_< 383-3 m-n_< H.mwomm-n_< N.mwomm-n_< H.mwomm-n_< N.Nwomm-n_< H.Nwomm-n_< N.wwomm-n_< H.wwomm-n_< Ndwommd< Hdwommd< N.wmomm-n_< H.wmomm-n_< m-n_< H.0momm-n_< N383? 383-3 N383? 383-3 ~.m8mm-n_< 383-3 $83-3 383-3 N.mmomm-n_< fimmommdx‘ [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ionNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM 338630309:38630833353 338630309:38630833353 3330:5353smbazmzmSmaomm 3330:5353smbazmzmSmaomm «880.895903583559323.5% «880.895903583559323.5% 08869:8:833”;35903:? 08869:8:833”;35903:? msmflofiueaaasmaz msmflofiueaaasmaz mamazazubmfissaa zubmfissaa 303030363 303030363 35385363 35385363 3:883:a:8836353030328 3:883:a:8836353030328 3.3853:388383:«Emacs 3.3853:388383:«Emacs $355303:38689696363 $355303:38689696363 38853::35Bazubafibabmm 38853::35Bazubafibabmm Umumubmhoafizmmgsb Umumubmhoafizmmgsb 386358 386358 «mmmflahofiumfisafius£86353 «mmmflahofiumfisafius£86353 38.33sz338905532358 38.33sz338905532358 3338:3363869003596333: 3338:3363869003596333: 3330355ausfiofiuazgfiom: :33: :33: :33: :33: :33: :33: :33: :33: 3.883: 3.883: :83: :83: :88: :88: :33: :33: 3.3m3: 3.3m3: 3.353: 3.353: 3.3.33: 3.3.33: 3.383: 3.383: :33: :33: :88: :88: :mm3: 8:3:flows386623850585 8:3:flows386623850585 8:958 8:958 was was 85:9: 85:9: 8:35 .5£<m§$<£<mhosbmfi< $<£<mhosbmfi< 3038903363336 ab.5«b3038903363336 8::2530303223=53:£8.36 8::2530303223=53:£8.36 055392:330isth o3:06:055392:330isth 8:35«Gab3:39:25303332 8:35«Gab3:39:25303332 8::3:06:93:thth:mbmmao 6:93:thth:mbmmao $32505:9:MESSEEEGWMWS $32505:9:MESSEEEGWMWS 8:05:59:56:30:9930 8:05:59:56:30:9930 aomhofiéo: aomhofiéo: m3:336:60th9:25 m3:336:60th9:25 :3: :3: .5 .5 £330 £330 8::386::3223aoefibmmao 8::386::3223aoefibmmao m3233690303265538me3 m3233690303265538me3 mado::e030566336363mb e030566336363mb 5mm: 5mm: :3:0666:3058th H.wmmmfifi.< H.wmmmfifi.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.wmmmHH.< H.wmmmHH.< HH.< HH.< H.OOOONH.< H.OOOONH.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.0NOONH.< H.0NOONH.< H.0mmmHH.< H.0mmmHH.< H.wwmmfifi.< fifi.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.wwmmfifi.< H.wmmmfifi.< H.wmmmfifi.< H.¢HOONH.< H.¢HOONH.< H.Nmmm:u.< H.Nmmm:u.< H.@OOONH.< H.@OOONH.< H.wmmmHH.< N.Nmomm.n_< H.Nmomm.n_< m.n_< H.Hwomm.n_< Néwommdx‘ Héwommdx‘ N.Nmomm.n_< H.Nmomm.n_< Ndmommd< fiwmommdx‘ N.wwomm.n_< H.wwomm.n_< m.n_< H.mwomm.n_< N.mmomm.n_< H.mmomm.n_< N.Hwomm.n_< H.Hwomm.n_< Némommdx‘ Hémommdx‘ N.mmomm.n_< H.mmomm.n_< N.Hmomm.n_< H.Hmomm.n_< N.wwomm.n_< H.wwomm.n_< Némommdx‘ Hémommdx‘ N.mwomm.n_< [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM sbuufiofiuazgfiom: Emma/Eu£033855830383 Emma/Eu£033855830383 333/3823: 333/3823: Seneca/E3338 Seneca/E3338 «mmmflomfifla£<U§oa<mbmh<§oms «mmmflomfifla£<U§oa<mbmh<§oms H.mmmmfifi.< imN mmN 00m Nom mom wom 8:35 a: $223329: $223329: matoms£0a:063902830333th matoms£0a:063902830333th 3:32:6th 3:32:6th «EMS9990936358th Bomb/uohofl/USMGSWS Bomb/uohofl/USMGSWS 356263038meth 356263038meth H.wmmmHH.< H.mwomm.n_< N.mwomm.n_< H.mwomm.n_< N.mmomm.n_< H.mmomm.n_< N.mmomm.n_< H.mmomm.n_< [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM Example 2. In Vitro and in Vivo Screening.

A subset of these duplexes was evaluated for efficacy in single dose assays as described above. Table 3 shows the results of a single dose screen in primary mouse hepatocytes (Hep3b) transfected with the indicated GalNAC ated modified iRNAs and the s of a single dose free uptake screen in primary Cynomolgus hepatocytes (PCH) with the indicated GalNAC ated modified iRNAs. Data are expressed as fraction of message remaining relative to cells treated with AD—l955, a non—targeting control for Hep3B experiments, or ve to naive cells for PCH experiments.

Table 3. Serpinal efficacy screen by free uptake in primary Hep3b cells and in primary Cynomolgous monkey hepatocytes (PCH).

Transfection (Hep3b) Free Uptake (PCH) ———mm_ m.m mm m AID-58681 m 4-6 AID-59084 man—13.3 AID-59060 4-5 AD-59054 U1 . O AID-59072 AID-59048 5-8 AID-59062 —m m_-_11-0 AID-59078 —m 3-2 AID-59056 8-5 AD-59091 7-5 AI3'59083__m--__11-9 AD-59073 18-9 AID-59066 27-1 AD-59059 18-0 070 m 13-2 AID-59063 7-9 AID-59069 7-3 AD-59082 3-9 AID-59088 18-2 AID-59080 15-0 AID-59058 AID-59090 m 26-7 AD-59057 m 5-8 AD-59051 13-6 AD-sO_ “mU1 - U3 [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM AD-59087 7.7 1.0 62.1 4.7 92.3 6.8 72.6 10.4 AD-59075 AD-59092 AD-59081 AID-59064 AD-59052m AID-59076 AID-59068 AID-59089mu“— AD—59093 AID-59061 AD-59074 79 “IE-__- AD—59071 AID-59086 AD-59094“mm AID-59085 AID-59067mu“— AD-59053 AID-59077 The IC50 values for selected duplexes by transfection in primary Hep3Bare shown in Table 4.

Table 4. Serpinal IC50 values for selected es by transfection in the Hep3B human cell line.

M-|C50 AD-58681 AD-59054 AD-59062 AD-59084 AD-59048 AD-59072 AD-59056 AD-59078 AD-59066 AD-59060 [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM ation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM ed set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM A subset of these es was evaluated for in viva efficacy in transgenic mice expressing the Z—AAT form of human Serpinal (see, e.g., Dycaico, et al. (1988) Science 242:1409—12; Carlson, et al. (1989) J Clin Invest 3—90; Perfumo, et al. (1994) Ann Hum Genet. 58:305—20. This is an established model of AAT—deficiency associated liver disease. Briefly, enic mice were injected subcutaneously with a single mg/kg dose of the iRNAs listed in Table 5 at Day 0. Serum was collected at Days —10, —5, 0, 3, 5, 7, 10, and 17 and the amount of circulating Serpinal protein was determined using a human—specific ELISA assay. The results of these analyses are depicted in Figure 1. As indicated in Figure l, AD—5868 l—6PS was the most effective in reducing serum Serpinal protein levels in these mice.

Table 5.

GfuCfcAfaCfaGfoAchfaAqufquuUfL96 . ungfuchngqungfchfsg GfsusCchfaCfaGfoAchfaAqufquuUfL96 AD-58681.1 --(SEQ ID NO: 395) . sAfsgAququngfuchngqungfchfsg GfsusCchfaCfaGfoAchfaAqufquuUfL96 AD-58682.1 --(SEQ ID NO: 397) . sAfsgAfsuAfsuUngfuchngfsqugAfcsUfsg GsusccAAcAGcAccAAuAucuuL96 AD-58683.1 --(SEQ ID NO: 399) . sAfsgAfsuAfsuUngfuchngfsqugAfcsUfsg e 3. Efficacy of si-AAT in Transgenic Mice.

Five siRNA duplexes, as described in the preceding examples, with low IC50 values were tested in viva for efficacy. The siRNA duplexes were injected at 10 mg/kg into trans 'c mice expressing the human Z—AAT allele, an established model of AAT—deficiency assocgfl liver disease. The mice were dosed on day 0 and serum human AAT was followed [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM for 21 days post dose (Figure 2A). Each point ents an average of three mice and the error bars reflect the standard deviation. The mice were sacrificed on day 21 and their livers were processed to measure mRNA levels. The graph shows hAAT mRNA normalized to GAPDH for each group e 2B). The bars reflect the average and the error bars reflect the standard deviation. As indicated in Figures 2A and 2B, AD59054 was the most effective in reducing hAAT mRNA levels in the mice.

Example 4. Durable AAT Suppression in a Dose Responsive Manner.

The efficacy of siRNA duplex AD—59054 in the transgenic animal model of AAT— deficiency associated liver e was measured by administration of different doses of siRNA duplex AD—59054 subcutaneously. Serum was drawn at different time intervals to measure the serum hAAT protein levels using human AAT specific ELISA. The efficacy curve g maximum knock—down achieved at different doses tested in mice is depicted in Figure 3A. Each point is an e of three s and the error bars represent the standard deviation. The duration of down after a single dose of AAT siRNA at 0.3, 1, 3 or 10 mg/kg is shown in Figure 3B. Each data point is an average of three animals and the error bars reflect the standard deviation. The hAAT levels were normalized to the average of three prebleeds for each animal. The siRNA was administered in PBS, hence the PBS group serves as the control to reflect the variability in the serum hAAT levels. Subcutaneous stration of the AAT siRNA led to dose—dependent inhibition of serum hATT, with maximum inhibition of >95% ed at a dose of 3 mg/kg. A single dose of 1 mg/kg maintained 40% levels of hAAT for at least 15 days. Animals were also administered AD— 59054 at a dose of 0.5 mg/kg twice a week (Figure 3C). The repeat dosing leads to a cumulative response and more than 90% protein suppression. Each data point is an e of four animals and the error bars reflect the standard deviation.

Example 5. Decreased Tumor nce With Reduction in Z-AAT.

Transgenic human Z—AAT expressing mice develop tumors with age. This experiment was designed to determine whether chronic dosing of these aged mice with an siRNA of the invention can decrease the tumor incidence in the mice. Specifically, aged mice (25—46 weeks of age) with fibrotic livers were chronically dosed with siRNA duplex AD—58681 to iver tumor incidence. Animals were dosed subcutaneously once every other week(Q2 with PBS or 10 mg/kg AAT siRNA for 11 doses and sacrificed 7 days after the last [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM dose (Figure 4A). The liver levels of hAAT mRNA, Colla2 mRNA and PtPrc mRNA in control and d groups were measured. The AAT siRNA treated animals showed a higher than 90% decrease in hAAT mRNA levels (Figure 4B). Colla2 mRNA was measured as a marker of fibrosis and the levels of this marker sed in AAT siRNA d s (Figure 4C). PtPrc (CD45) mRNA was measured as a marker for the presence of immune cells (Figure 4D). There is more immune cell infiltration in diseased livers and, as shown in Figure 4D, the PtPrc mRNA levels decreased significantly when animals were treated with AAT siRNA.

Serum samples were collected after the first dose to monitor the extent of AAT suppression. All AAT siRNA treated animals showed less than 5% residual AAT protein and a single dose maintained the AAT levels below 80% for 14 days before the next dose was administered (Figure 5A). Table 6 provides ations from the animals at the time of sacrifice (day 132). Transgenic animals administered the siRNA duplex exhibited decreased tumor incidence when compared to untreated control animals. ically, four out of six animals treated with PBS showed tumors in the livers, whereas only one out of six animals treated with AAT siRNA showed a liver tumor. The p value for the difference in tumor incidence was calculated by t—test to be 0.045. Figure 5B and Figure 5C show PAS staining of liver ns from two littermates d with either PBS or AAT siRNA. The darker colored dots represent the globules or Z—AAT aggregates. These data indicate that siRNA duplex is effective in decreasing Z—AAT levels in transgenic mice and the decreased levels of Z—AAT show a physiological benefit in the form of ier livers.

Table 6.

Treatment Animal # Observation pale liver large tumor in left lateral lobe, ~5mm diameter pale liver, 2mm tumor in caudate lobe, many lesions in 2nd aux lobe dark liver, 1.5mm tumor in caudate lobe, 1mm lesion in right medial lobe, multiple 1mm lesions in lst aux lobe 3mm tumor in left lateral lobe dark liver [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM 4748 dark liver 4756 pale liver, 3mm tumor in caudate lobe 4760 dark liver AAT'S'RNA_ 4772 g abnormal 4776 nothing abnormal Example 6. Lead Optimization of AD-59054 As described above, AD—59054 was demonstrated to durably suppress AAT in a dose— responsive manner in viva. However, the nucleotide sequence of AD—59054 spans a region in AAT mRNA that includes a prevalent single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) (Reference SNP Accession No.: rsl303 (see, e.g., www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/projects/SNP)). Specifically, the SNP location corresponds to the nucleotide at position 6 (5’ to 3’) in the antisense strand of AD—59054 (i. 6., within the seed region of AD—59054). Accordingly, as ches within the seed region may lead to off—target effects and/or loss of efficacy, additional duplexes having various bases at on 6 (5’ to 3’) of the antisense strand were prepared based on the sequence of AD—59054. The target mRNA carries an A corresponding to position 6 (5’ to 3’) of the antisense strand of 54. The sequences of these duplexes are provided in Table 7. Table 8 provides the sequences of these same duplexes having various chemical modifications and conjugated with a trivalent .

These modified duplexes were evaluated for efficacy in a single dose free uptake screen in primary mouse hepatocytes (Hep3B), as described above. Hep3B cell mRNA carries a C at the position ponding to position 6 (5’ to 3’) of the antisense strand of AD— 59054. The IC50 values for the duplexes are shown in Table 8. Surprisingly, as demonstrated therein, a single mismatch within the seed region at position 6 was tolerated for all bases except C.

A subset of these duplexes was also evaluated for in viva cy. Transgenic mice expressing the human Z—AAT allele (and having an A in the mRNA corresponding to on 6 (5’ to 3’) of the antisense strand of AD—59054) were injected with 1.0 mg/kg of 54, AD—6l7l9, AD—6l700, AD—6l726, or 04 on day 0 and serum human AAT, measured as bed above, was followed for 14 days post dose (Figure 6). Each point represents an average of three mice and the error bars reflect the standard of deviation. As demonstrated in FigurDAD—6l7l9 and AD—6l704 perform as well as the parent AD—59054.

[Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Table 7.

Duplex Sense (5' -> 3') SEQ Antisense (5' -> 3') Name ID NO: 21—1OU : AD—S9054 CLLCLLAALGALLGAACAAAA 1 L LLL GUUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC 409 AD—61704 CLLCLLAALGALLGACCAAAA 2 L LLL GGUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC 410 AD—61708 CLLCLLAALGALLGAUCAAAA 3 L LLL GAUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC 41 1 AD—61712 CLLCLLAALGALLGAGCAAAA 4 LLLLGCUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC 412 AD—61719 AALGALLGACCAAAA 5 L LLL GIUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC 413 AD—617OO CLLCLLAALGALLGACCAAAA 6 L LLL GNUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC 414 AD—61726 AALGALLGAACAAAA 7 L LLL GNUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC 415 AD—61716 AALGALLGAACAAAA - LL408 LL GNUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC 416 Example 7. Lead Optimization of AD-59054 Additional duplexes were prepared based on the sequence of AD—59054, including AD—61444. The ed and unmodified sense and antisense sequences of AD—61444 are ed in Table 9.

Table 9. fied Sense (5' -> 3') Unmodified Antisense (5' -> 3') Name CUUCUUAAUGAUUGAACAAAA UUUUGUUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC (SEQ ID NO: 417) (SEQ ID NO: 419) AD-61444—— Modified Sense (5' -> 3') Modified Antisense (5' -> 3') csusucuuaaquAfuugaacaaaaL96 usUfqungfuCfaAfucanuAfaGfaAfgsasc (SEQ ID NO: 418) (SEQ ID NO: 420) ation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM ation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM %: ownmmw<fl0£<fibmuE<flUEDHD5$Dm5 0mmwww<mw0fl<fibmofi<fiuawwwbsfibmn anmfi<flofl<£pmoefibafiSépms anmmzfiomzapmoefibauflbépms anm3<flofl<easefibaflbépm: om8fi<fl©fi<easefibacflbépms omammm<fl©£<EDmoEAwflUEcmwbsflDm5 0mmm@«QEUSANEDmufl<fiUswm>wwD=mems C) -- §~zDO I.(\l m vmfiom oowfi<fl<fl0fl<fl©fi<w0mDfl<ED£Dm5£U omd<fi<fi0£<fl©fim¢©wDE<ED£3%me oofi<fl<fl0£<fl©£<w0mDfl<ED£Dm5£U oodfizaoflfisgfiowDfi<£p£3m=5 oadfiéfiofiflpaflgDNEEDQSmab oodfififiufiflpafig3523:0535 oowfi<fl<fl0fl<fl©fi<w0mDfl<ED£Dm5£U omd<fi<fi0§<m¢bfi<w0mDS<ED£DmDfiU :3:on w 95 QEOIN 09am— Egg Gasomaoo 3525 D O < U H :V AwEmoExxovE ”am/«E :V AoEmofizxooE Hmanv manna .DmflomwfifiQQOmfiow —‘ $322 woSQQ/w Q/w NKEAE 929% OOSofiz cmbfic‘Q/w ofibficfi?‘ .m<\m a H [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM [Annotation] KJM None set by KJM [Annotation] KJM MigrationNone set by KJM [Annotation] KJM Unmarked set by KJM Example 8. Non-Human Primate Dosing of AD-59054, AD-61719, and AD-61444 AD—59054, AD—6l7 19, and AD—6l444 were tested for efficacy in non—human primates by administering to the primates a single dose of 1 mg/kg or 3 mg/kg of AD—59054, l9, or AD—6l444. Serum s were collected five days prior to administration, at day 0, and at days 3, 7, 10, 15, 20, and 30 after administration to monitor the extent of AAT suppression by measuring serum hAAT protein levels using human AAT specific ELISA.

There were no changes in cytokine or ine levels in the serum of the animals administered any of the compounds, and no injection site reactions or drug related health concerns were associated with administration of the compounds. Figure 7 shows that a single dose of 1 mg/kg of AD—59054, AD—6l7l9, or AD—6l444 (7A) or a single dose of 3 mg/kg of 54, AD—6l7l9, or AD—6l444 (7B) results in a dose dependent and durable lowering of AAT protein.

Claims (53)

We claim :

1. A double stranded RNAi agent for inhibiting expression of Serpina1 in a cell, n said double stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double-stranded region, wherein said antisense strand ses at least 19 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from the nucleotide sequence of 5’ – UUUUGUUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC – 3’ (SEQ ID NO: 419), wherein the sense strand and the antisense strand are each independently 19-25 nucleotides in length, wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of said sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of said antisense strand are modified nucleotides, and n at least one strand is conjugated to a ligand.

2. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 1, wherein one of the 3 nucleotide differences in the nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is a nucleotide mismatch in the seed region of the antisense strand.

3. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 2, wherein the antisense strand comprises a universal base at the ched nucleotide.

4. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-3, wherein at least one strand comprises a 3’ overhang of at least 1 nucleotide.

5. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-4, wherein at least one strand ses a 3’ overhang of at least 2 tides.

6. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-5, wherein the double-stranded region is 19-25 nucleotide pairs in length.

7. The double ed RNAi agent of claim 6, wherein the double-stranded region is 19-23 nucleotide pairs in length.

8. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 6, wherein the double-stranded region is 19-21 nucleotide pairs in .

9. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 6, wherein the double-stranded region is 21-23 nucleotide pairs in length.

10. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-9, wherein each strand is independently 19-23 nucleotides in length.

11. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-9, wherein each strand is independently 21-23 nucleotides in length.

12. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-11, wherein at least one of the modified nucleotides is selected from the group consisting of a minal deoxythymine (dT) nucleotide, a ethyl modified nucleotide, a 2'-fluoro modified tide and a 2'-deoxy-modified nucleotide.

13. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 12, wherein the modified nucleotides are 2′-O-methyl modified nucleotides or 2′-fluoro ed nucleotides.

14. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-13, wherein the ligand is one or more GalNAc derivatives attached through a bivalent or trivalent branched linker.

15. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-14, wherein the ligand is HO OH O H H HO O N N O AcHN HO OH O H H HO O N N O AcHN O O O HO OH HO O N N O AcHN H H O .

16. The double ed RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-15, wherein the ligand is attached to the 3′ end of the sense strand.

17. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 16, wherein the RNAi agent is conjugated to the ligand as shown in the following schematic O P X HO OH O H H O HO O N N O AcHN O HO OH O H H H HO O N N O N AcHN O O O O HO OH HO O N N O AcHN H H wherein X is O or S.

18. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-17, wherein said agent further comprises at least one phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage.

19. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 18, n the phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide e is at the 3’-terminus of one strand.

20. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 19, wherein said strand is the antisense strand.

21. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 19, wherein said strand is the sense strand.

22. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 18, wherein the phosphorothioate or phosphonate internucleotide linkage is at the 5’-terminus of one strand.

23. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 22, wherein said strand is the antisense strand.

24. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 22, wherein said strand is the sense strand.

25. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 18, wherein the orothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage is at both the 5’- and 3’-terminus of one strand.

26. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 25, wherein said strand is the antisense strand.

27. The double ed RNAi agent of claim 18, n said RNAi agent comprises 6-8 phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages.

28. The double stranded RNAi of claim 27, wherein the antisense strand comprises two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages at the minus and two phosphorothioate ucleotide linkages at the 3’-terminus, and the sense strand comprises at least two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages at either the 5’-terminus or the 3’- terminus.

29. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-28, wherein the base pair at the 1 position of the 5′-end of the antisense strand of the duplex is an AU base pair.

30. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-29, wherein the sense strand is 21 nucleotides in length and the antisense strand is 23 nucleotides in length.

31. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-30, wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of said sense strand comprise a modification selected from the group consisting of a ethyl modification and a 2’-fluoro modification, wherein said sense strand comprises two orothioate internucleotide linkages at the 5’-terminus, n substantially all of the nucleotides of said antisense strand comprise a modification selected from the group consisting of a 2’-O-methyl cation and a 2’- fluoro cation, n said antisense strand comprises two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages at the 5’-terminus and two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages at the 3’- terminus, and wherein said ligand is one or more GalNAc derivatives conjugated to the 3’-terminus of the sense strand.

32. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-31, wherein the sense strand comprises at least 19 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from the nucleotide sequence of CUUCUUAAUGAUUGAACAAAA (SEQ ID NO: 417).

33. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-32, wherein the nse strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5’ – UUUUGUUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC -3’ (SEQ ID NO: 419).

34. The double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-33, wherein the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5’ – CUUCUUAAUGAUUGAACAAAA -3’ (SEQ ID NO: 417) and the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5’ – UUUUGUUCAAUCAUUAAGAAGAC – 3’ (SEQ ID NO: 419).

35. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 34, wherein the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5’ – csusucuuaauGfAfuugaacaaaa -3’ (SEQ ID NO: 418) and the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5’ – usUfsuUfgUfuCfaAfucaUfuAfaGfaAfgsasc -3’ (SEQ ID NO: 420), wherein a, g, c, and u are 2′-O-methyl (2′-OMe) A, G, C, and U, respectively; Af, Gf, Cf, and Uf, are 2′-fluoro A, G, C, and U, tively; and s is a phosphorothioate linkage.

36. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 35, wherein the ligand comprises one or more GalNAc derivatives attached through a nt or trivalent ed linker too the 3’ end of the sense strand.

37. The double stranded RNAi agent of claim 34, wherein the sense strand consists of the tide sequence 5’ – csusucuuaauGfAfuugaacaaaaL96 -3’ (SEQ ID NO: 418) and the antisense strand consists of the nucleotide ce 5’ – usUfsuUfgUfuCfaAfucaUfuAfaGfaAfgsasc -3’ (SEQ ID NO: 420), wherein a, g, c, and u are 2′-O-methyl (2′-OMe) A, G, C, and U, respectively; Af, Gf, Cf, and Uf, are 2′-fluoro A, G, C, and U, respectively; s is a phosphorothioate linkage; and L96 isN-[tris(GalNAc-alkyl)-amidododecanoyl)]hydroxyprolinol.

38. An isolated cell that is not a human cell in vivo containing the double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-37.

39. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-37.

40. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 39, wherein the RNAi agent is present in an unbuffered solution.

41. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 40, wherein said unbuffered solution is saline or water.

42. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 39, wherein said RNAi agent is present in a buffer solution.

43. The ceutical composition of claim 42, wherein said buffer on comprises acetate, citrate, prolamine, carbonate, or phosphate or any combination thereof.

44. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 43, wherein said buffer on is phosphate buffered saline (PBS).

45. An in vitro method of inhibiting Serpina1 expression in a cell, the method comprising: (a) ting the cell with the double stranded RNAi agent of any one of claims 1-37, or the pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 39-44; and (b) maintaining the cell produced in step (a) for a time sufficient to obtain degradation of the mRNA transcript of a Serpina1 gene, thereby inhibiting expression of the Serpina1 gene in the cell.

46. The method of claim 45, wherein the a1 expression is inhibited by at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 100%.

47. Use of the double stranded RNAi agent of any one claims 1-37, or the pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 39-44 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a Serpina1-associated disorder in a subject.

48. The use of claim 47, wherein the Serpina1 associated disease is a liver disorder.

49. The use of claim 48, wherein the liver disorder is selected from the group consisting of chronic liver disease, liver mation, cirrhosis, liver fibrosis, and/or hepatocellular carcinoma.

50. The use of claim 47, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent is for administration at a dose of 0.01 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg or 0.5 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg.

51. The use of claim 50, wherein the double ed RNAi agent is for subcutaneous stration.

52. The use of claim 50, wherein the double stranded RNAi agent is for intravenous administration.

53. The use of claim 47, wherein the medicament is formulated for reducing the accumulation of misfolded Serpina1 in the liver of the subject.